Irak/10e: Attention, un mensonge peut en cacher un autre ! (When Everyone Agreed About Iraq)

17 mars, 2013
http://i2.crtcdn1.net/images/asset/905/955/73/R19230_260x195.jpgLa paix, bien sûr, mais la démocratie et la liberté ne sont-elles pas aussi des valeurs précieuses pour les chrétiens? Florence Taubman
If we fail to respond today, Saddam and all those who would follow in his footsteps will be emboldened tomorrow. Some day, some way, I guarantee you, he’ll use the arsenal. President Clinton (February 1998)
Dans l’immédiat, notre attention doit se porter en priorité sur les domaines biologique et chimique. C’est là que nos présomptions vis-à-vis de l’Iraq sont les plus significatives : sur le chimique, nous avons des indices d’une capacité de production de VX et d’ypérite ; sur le biologique, nos indices portent sur la détention possible de stocks significatifs de bacille du charbon et de toxine botulique, et une éventuelle capacité de production.  Dominique De Villepin
Il est maintenant clair que les assurances données par Chirac ont joué un rôle crucial, persuadant Saddam Hussein de ne pas offrir les concessions qui auraient pu éviter une guerre et le changement de régime. Selon l’ex-vice président Tareq Aziz, s’exprimant depuis sa cellule devant des enquêteurs américains et irakiens, Saddam était convaincu que les Français, et dans une moindre mesure, les Russes allaient sauver son régime à la dernière minute. Amir Taheri
Comme l’exemple d’usage chimique contre les populations kurdes de 1987-1988 en avait apporté la preuve, ces armes avaient aussi un usage interne. Thérèse Delpech
Les inspecteurs n’ont jamais pu vérifier ce qu’il était advenu de 3,9 tonnes de VX (…) dont la production entre 1988 et 1990 a été reconnue par l’Irak. Bagdad a déclaré que les destructions avaient eu lieu en 1990 mais n’en a pas fourni de preuves. En février 2003 (…) un document a été fourni [par Bagdad] à l’Unmovic pour tenter d’expliquer le devenir d’environ 63 % du VX manquant. Auparavant, les Irakiens prétendaient ne pas détenir un tel document. » Idem pour l’anthrax, dont l’Irak affirmait avoir détruit le stock en 1991. Mais, « en mars 2003, l’Unmovic concluait qu’il existait toujours, très probablement, 10 000 litres d’anthrax non détruits par l’Irak... Comme pour le VX, l’Irak a fourni à l’ONU, en février 2003, un document sur ce sujet qui ne pouvait permettre de conclure quelles quantités avaient été détruites … Thérèse Delpech
Je pense que c’est à cause de l’unanimité, tout le monde était contre la guerre, les gens étaient contents de lire dans les journaux combien la guerre était mauvaise, comme le président français l’avait prédit. (…) Dans la phase du Saddamgrad Patrice Claude et Rémy Ourdan du Monde ont inventé des atrocités, produit des témoignages en phase avec ce qu’ils ne pouvaient voir. (…) Sur les fedayyin de Saddam, les gardes les plus brutaux du dictateur, ses SS, Ourdain a dit que les fedayyin n’ont pas combattu parce qu’ils étaient effrayés de la façon dont les GI’s tuaient tout le monde, dont un grand nombre de civils. Alain Hertoghe
Even when viewed through a post-war lens, documentary evidence of messages are consistent with the Iraqi Survey Group’s conclusion that Saddam was at least keeping a WMD program primed for a quick re-start the moment the UN Security Council lifted sanctions. Iraqi Perpectives Project (March 2006)
Captured Iraqi documents have uncovered evidence that links the regime of Saddam Hussein to regional and global terrorism, including a variety of revolutionary, liberation, nationalist, and Islamic terrorist organizations. While these documents do not reveal direct coordination and assistance between the Saddam regime and the al Qaeda network, they do indicate that Saddam was willing to use, albeit cautiously, operatives affiliated with al Qaeda as long as Saddam could have these terrorist operatives monitored closely. Because Saddam’s security organizations and Osama bin Laden’s terrorist network operated with similar aims (at least in the short term), considerable overlap was inevitable when monitoring, contacting, financing, and training the same outside groups. This created both the appearance of and, in some ways, a de facto link between the organizations. At times, these organizations would work together in pursuit of shared goals but still maintain their autonomy and independence because of innate caution and mutual distrust. Though the execution of Iraqi terror plots was not always successful, evidence shows that Saddam’s use of terrorist tactics and his support for terrorist groups remained strong up until the collapse of the regime.  Iraqi Perspectives Project (Saddam and Terrorism, Nov. 2007, released Mar. 2008)
Beginning in 1994, the Fedayeen Saddam opened its own paramilitary training camps for volunteers, graduating more than 7,200 « good men racing full with courage and enthusiasm » in the first year. Beginning in 1998, these camps began hosting « Arab volunteers from Egypt, Palestine, Jordan, ‘the Gulf,’ and Syria. » It is not clear from available evidence where all of these non-Iraqi volunteers who were « sacrificing for the cause » went to ply their newfound skills. Before the summer of 2002, most volunteers went home upon the completion of training. But these camps were humming with frenzied activity in the months immediately prior to the war. As late as January 2003, the volunteers participated in a special training event called the « Heroes Attack. » This training event was designed in part to prepare regional Fedayeen Saddam commands to « obstruct the enemy from achieving his goal and to support keeping peace and stability in the province.  » Study (Joint Forces Command in Norfolk, Virginia)
The information that the Russians have collected from their sources inside the American Central Command in Doha is that the United States is convinced that occupying Iraqi cities are impossible, and that they have changed their tactic. Captured Iraqi document  (« Letter from Russian Official to Presidential Secretary Concerning American Intentions in Iraq », March 25, 2003)
Est-ce que les peuples du Moyen-Orient sont hors d’atteinte de la liberté? Est-ce que des millions d’hommes, de femmes et d’enfants sont condamnés par leur histoire et leur culture au despotisme? Sont-ils les seuls à ne pouvoir jamais connaître la liberté ou même à ne pas avoir le choix? Bush (2003)
La raison pour laquelle je continue de dire qu’il y a un lien entre l’Irak, Saddam et Al-Qaida est parce qu’il y a un lien entre l’Irak et Al-Qaida. (…) Cette administration n’a jamais dit que les attentats du 11/9 ont été orchestrés entre Saddam et Al Qaeda. Nous avons dit qu’il y avait de nombreux contacts entre Saddam Hussein et Al Qaeda. George W. Bush (Washington Post, 2004)
Avec notre aide, les peuples du Moyen-Orient s’avancent maintenant pour réclamer leur liberté. De Kaboul à Bagdad et à Beyrouth, il y a des hommes et des femmes courageux qui risquent leur vie chaque jour pour les mêmes libertés que nous apprécions. Et elles ont une question pour nous : Avons-nous le courage de faire  au Moyen-Orient ce que nos pères et grands-pères ont accompli en Europe et en Asie ? En prenant position avec les chefs et les réformateurs démocratiques, en donnant notre voix aux espoirs des hommes et des femmes décents, nous leur offrons une voix hors du radicalisme. Et nous enrôlons la force la plus puissante pour la paix et la modération au Moyen-Orient : le désir de millions d’être libres. (…) En ce tout début de siècle, l’Amérique rêve au jour où les peuples du Moyen-Orient quitteront le désert du despotisme pour les jardins fertiles de la liberté – et reprendront leur place légitime dans un monde de paix et de prospérité. Nous rêvons au jour où les nations de cette région reconnaitront que leur plus grande ressource n’est pas le pétrole de leur sous-sol – mais le talent et la créativité de leurs populations. Nous rêvons au jour où les mères et les pères de tout le Moyen-Orient verront un avenir d’espoir et d’opportunités pour leurs enfants. Et quand ce beau jour viendra, les nuages de la guerre seront balayés, l’appel du radicalisme diminuera… et nous laisserons à nos enfants un monde meilleur et plus sûr. Bush (11/9/2006)  
Le projet de révolution démocratique mondiale peut faire sourire. Mais ce n’est pas totalement sans raison que les néoconservateurs, qui l’ont inspiré, se targuent d’avoir contribué, sous le deuxième mandat de M. Reagan, à la démocratisation en Asie, en Amérique latine et en Europe. Ils souhaitent aujourd’hui mettre un terme à «l’exception moyen-orientale» : à la fois par intérêt et par idéalisme, l’Administration américaine veut rompre avec des décennies d’accommodement avec les dictatures de la région au nom de la stabilité (condition nécessaire, notamment, à l’accès régulier à un pétrole bon marché). Il s’agirait en effet de gagner la «quatrième guerre mondiale», comme a été gagnée la «troisième», c’est-à-dire la guerre froide. Le pari est évidemment difficile. Pour des raisons tactiques, les États-Unis doivent aujourd’hui ménager des régimes autoritaires tels que l’Arabie saoudite, dont ils ont besoin pour la lutte antiterroriste. (…) De ce fait, Paul Wolfowitz n’a pas tort de suggérer que le combat engagé par les États-Unis durera plus longtemps que la guerre froide et sera plus dur que la Seconde Guerre mondiale. Mais, si le résultat est incertain, le mouvement lui est bien engagé. Les révolutions pacifiques en Géorgie et en Ukraine ont été appuyées discrètement par des organisations publiques et privées américaines. Certes, ce qu’il est convenu d’appeler le «printemps arabe» repose aussi sur des dynamiques locales et a bien sûr bénéficié d’événements imprévus tels que la mort de Yasser Arafat ou l’assassinat de Rafic Hariri. Mais la pression américaine a joué un rôle non négligeable. En mai 2004, choisissant de «se couper les cheveux avant que les Américains ne les tondent» – selon les termes d’un diplomate, les dirigeants de la Ligue arabe se sont engagés à étendre les pratiques démocratiques, à élargir la participation des citoyens à la vie publique et à renforcer la société civile. Même le président Assad semble aux abois lorsqu’il dit publiquement qu’il «n’est pas Saddam Hussein» et qu’il «veut négocier»… (…). La question géopolitique centrale de notre temps reste donc bien celle qui avait été au coeur de l’affrontement franco-américain de 2002-2003 : faut-il préférer la stabilité au risque de l’injustice, ou la démocratisation au risque du chaos ? Optimiste et risqué, le pari américain n’en reste pas moins éthiquement défendable et met du coup l’Europe, qui se veut une «puissance morale» (si l’on en croit le président de la Commission, M. Barroso), en porte-à-faux. L’Union européenne s’est révélée être une force capable de promouvoir simultanément la stabilité et la démocratisation, mais seulement dans son environnement immédiat. Pour le reste, elle n’a pas de stratégie alternative, le «processus de Barcelone» ayant eu du point de vue politique des résultats plus que mitigés. Il lui reste donc à choisir entre approuver, s’opposer ou accompagner le combat américain. Bruno Tertrais (mars 2005)
By late 2003, even the Bush White House’s staunchest defenders were starting to give up on the idea that there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq. But WikiLeaks’ newly-released Iraq war documents reveal that for years afterward, U.S. troops continued to find chemical weapons labs, encounter insurgent specialists in toxins and uncover weapons of mass destruction. Wired magazine (2010)
It’s more than a little ironic that, with its newest document dump from the Iraq campaign, WikiLeaks may have just bolstered one of the Bush administration’s most controversial claims about the Iraq war: that Iran supplied many of the Iraq insurgency’s deadliest weapons and worked hand-in-glove with some of its most lethal militias. The documents indicate that Iran was a major combatant in the Iraq war, as its elite Quds Force trained Iraqi Shiite insurgents and imported deadly weapons like the shape-charged Explosively Formed Projectile bombs into Iraq for use against civilians, Sunni militants and U.S. troops. A report from 2006 claims “neuroparalytic” chemical weapons from Iran were smuggled into Iraq. (It’s one of many, many documents recounting WMD efforts in Iraq.) Others indicate that Iran flooded Iraq with guns and rockets, including the Misagh-1 surface-to-air missile, .50 caliber rifles, rockets and much more. As the New York Times observes, Iranian agents plotted to kidnap U.S. troops from out of their Humvees — something that occurred in Karbala in 2007, leaving five U.S. troops dead. (It’s still not totally clear if the Iranians were responsible.) Wired
A partir de la Guerre Froide, cette région est devenue stratégique de par ses ressources nécessaires au premier consommateur mondial d’énergie, mais aussi de par la rivalité idéologique entre l’URSS et les Etats-Unis. Cette époque fut dominée par la pensée de Kissinger qui prôna en conformité avec la « Realpolitik », l’immobilisme politique des régimes arabes comme option nécessaire à la consolidation de l’influence américaine. En échange d’une approbation de la diplomatie américaine, les régimes se voyaient soutenus. Les limites de cette politique ont commencé à se faire sentir lorsque les Etats-Unis en 1979 ont continué à appuyer le Shah d’Iran, ignorant alors qu’une population était en train de se soulever, donnant naissance à l’islamisme politique. Dans les années 80, le président Reagan introduisit une vision opposée au réalisme, attenant à une vision idéaliste d’une mission américaine d’exporter les justes valeurs au reste du monde. C’est dans son discours de Juin 1982 que Reagan parla « d’une croisade pour la liberté qui engagera la foi et le courage de la prochaine génération». Le président Bush père et Clinton reprirent une vision plus « réaliste » dans un nouveau contexte de sortie de Guerre Froide. Malgré « le nouvel ordre mondial » prôné par Bush père, son action n’alla pas jusqu’à Bagdad et préféra laisser un régime connu en place. Le 11 Septembre 2001 a révélé les limites de l’immobilisme politique des pays arabes, lorsque certains régimes soutenus n’ont pu s’opposer aux islamistes radicaux. Les néo-conservateurs qui participaient alors au gouvernement de G.W Bush, décidèrent de passer à l’action et de bousculer l’ordre établi dans la région, afin de pérenniser leur accès aux ressources énergétiques, mais aussi probablement pour d’autres raisons. Notamment selon G. Ayache « pour montrer (leur) force par rapport à la Chine dont le statut international ne cesse de croître et dont les besoins énergétiques sont appelés à concurrencer ceux des Etats-Unis(…), et dans l’objectif proclamé de lutte contre le terrorisme.» Les néo-conservateurs se sont dès le début prononcés pour la redistribution des cartes politiques dans cette région, donc un changement de régimes. Le nouveau président américain voulut se poser dans la lignée des présidents qui ont marqué l’histoire. Lors de son discours du 11 Septembre 2006, il s’est adressé en ces termes au peuple américain : « Ayez la patience de faire ce que nos pères et nos grands-pères ont fait pour l’Europe et pour l’Asie.» En fait, le vieux projet de Reagan d’exportation de la démocratie fut remis au goût du jour à travers l’annonce du projet de Grand Moyen-Orient en Novembre 2003 qui prôna la nécessité d’une démocratisation sans limites. Les néo-conservateurs qui avaient participé au deuxième mandat de Reagan revendiquèrent leur apport à la démocratisation en Asie, en Amérique latine et en Europe dans les années 80 et 90. Il était donc temps selon eux de mettre fin à la situation stagnante au Moyen-Orient. La théorie des dominos était censée s’appliquer à la région en partant de l’Irak, même si elle pouvait mettre un certain temps à se réaliser selon les dynamiques locales. Alia Al Jiboury
Depuis la chute de la dictature de Ben Ali en Tunisie, les dictateurs et autres despotes arabes tremblent devant le vent de liberté, transformé en tempête. Les peuples arabes, compressés depuis des décennies, rêvent de liberté et de démocratie. Ils finissent, à tour de rôle, par réaliser le projet de George W. Bush, qu’ils avaient tant dénoncé. Mediarabe.info (février 2011)
Though the Iraq War later became a favorite Democratic club for bashing George W. Bush, Republicans and Democrats alike had long understood that Saddam was a deadly menace who had to be forcibly eradicated. In 1998 President Bill Clinton signed the Iraq Liberation Act, making Saddam’s removal from power a matter of US policy. "If the history of the last six years has taught us anything," Kerry had said two years earlier, "it is that Saddam Hussein does not understand diplomacy, he only understands power." But bipartisan harmony was an early casualty of the war. Once it became clear that Saddam didn’t have the stockpiles of chemical and biological weapons that were a major justification for the invasion, unity gave way to recrimination. It didn’t matter that virtually everyone – Republicans and Democrats, CIA analysts and the UN Security Council, even Saddam’s own military officers – had been sure the WMD would be found. Nor did it matter that Saddam had previously used WMD to exterminate thousands of men, women, and children. The temptation to spin an intelligence failure as a deliberate "lie" was politically irresistible. When the relatively quick toppling of Saddam was followed by a long and bloody insurgency, opposition to the war intensified. For many it became an intractable article of faith that victory was not an option. The war to remove Saddam was not merely "Bush’s folly," but – as Senate majority leader Harry Reid called it in 2007 — "the worst foreign policy mistake in the history of this country." But then came Bush’s "surge," and the course of the war shifted dramatically for the better. By the time Bush left office, the insurgency was crippled, violence was down 90 percent, and Iraqis were being governed by politicians they had voted for. It was far from perfect, but "something that looks an awful lot like democracy is beginning to take hold in Iraq," reported Newsweek in early 2010. On its cover the magazine proclaimed: "Victory at Last." And so it might have been, if America’s new commander-in-chief hadn’t been so insistent on pulling the plug. In October 2011, President Obama – overriding his military commanders, who had recommended keeping 18,000 troops on the ground – announced that all remaining US servicemen would be out of Iraq by the end of the year. Politically, it was a popular decision; most Americans were understandably weary of Iraq. But abandoning Iraqis and their frail, fledgling democracy was reckless. (…) The invasion of Iraq 10 years ago ended the reign of a genocidal tyrant, and ensured that his monstrous sons could never succeed him. It struck a shaft of fear into other dictators, leading Libya’s Moammar Qaddafi, for example, to relinquish his WMD. It let Iraqis find out how much better their lives could be under democratic self-government. Like all wars, even wars of liberation, it took an awful toll. The status quo ante was worse. Jeff Jacoby
Iraq, I suggested, would wind up “at a bare minimum, the least badly governed state in the Arab world, and, at best, pleasant, civilized and thriving.” I’ll stand by my worst-case scenario there. Unlike the emerging “reforms” in Tunisia, Libya, Egypt, and Syria, politics in Iraq has remained flawed but, by the standards of the grimly Islamist Arab Spring, broadly secular. So I like the way a lot of the trees fell. But I missed the forest. (…) Granted that most of the Arab world, from Tangiers to Alexandria, is considerably less “multicultural” than it was in mid century, the remorseless extinction of Iraq’s Christian community this last decade is appalling — and, given that it happened on America’s watch, utterly shameful. Like the bland acknowledgement deep in a State Department “International Religious Freedom Report” that the last church in Afghanistan was burned to the ground in 2010, it testifies to the superpower’s impotence, not “internationally” but in client states entirely bankrolled by us. Foreigners see this more clearly than Americans. As Goh Chok Tong, the prime minister of Singapore, said on a visit to Washington in 2004, “The key issue is no longer WMD or even the role of the U.N. The central issue is America’s credibility and will to prevail.” Just so. If you live in Tikrit or Fallujah, the Iraq War was about Iraq. If you live anywhere else on the planet, the Iraq War was about America, and the unceasing drumbeat of “quagmire” and “exit strategy” communicated to the world an emptiness at the heart of American power — like the toppled statue of Saddam that proved to be hollow. On the eleventh anniversary of 9/11, mobs trashed U.S. embassies across the region with impunity. A rather more motivated crowd showed up in Benghazi, killed four Americans, including the ambassador, and correctly calculated they would face no retribution. Like the Taliban in Afghanistan, these guys have reached their own judgment about American “credibility” and “will” — as have more potent forces yet biding their time, from Moscow to Beijing. (…) Nevertheless, in the grim two-thirds-of-a-century roll call of America’s un-won wars, Iraq today is less un-won than Korea, Vietnam, or Afghanistan, and that is not nothing. The war dead of America and its few real allies died in an honorable cause. But armies don’t wage wars, nations do. And, back on the home front, a vast percentage of fair-weather hawks who decided that it was all too complicated, or a bit of a downer, or Bush lied, or where’s the remote, revealed America as profoundly unserious. A senator who votes for war and then decides he’d rather it had never started is also engaging in “alternative history” — albeit of the kind in which Pam Ewing steps into the shower at Southfork and writes off the previous season of Dallas as a bad dream. In non-alternative history, in the only reality there is, once you’ve started a war, you have two choices: to win it or to lose it. Withdrawing one’s “support” for a war you’re already in advertises nothing more than a kind of geopolitical ADHD. Mark Steyn

Attention, un mensonge peut en cacher un autre !

Bill Clinton, le Congrès, Madeleine Albright, l’inspecteur nucléaire Richard Butler, Gore, Hillary Clinton, Kerry, Edward Kennedy, John Edwards, Tom Daschle, Biden, Harry Reid, Tom Harkin, Chris Dodd, Jay Rockefeller, 72% de l’opinion publique …

Y avait-il, aux Etats-Unis mêmes sans parler de notre Villepin national et des services secrets allemands, quelqu’un qui ne croyait pas en mars 2003 à l’existence (confirmée d’ailleurs depuis par Wikileaks) d’ADM en Irak ?

Retour, à la veille du 10e anniversaire du lancement de l’Opération Liberté pour l’Irak  et avec  le professeur du United States Naval War College  Stephen F. Knott, sur le mythe devenu depuis vérité d’évangile (et motivation d’ailleurs, pour le contrer, de tant de blogs dont celui-ci) des prétendus "mensonges" de l’Administration Bush sur les raisons de la guerre  …

Qui, avec tous ses risques, apporta le premier régime élu démocratiquement, Israël mis à part, du Moyen-Orient …

Et sans lequel il n’y aurait probablement pas eu, aussi mitigé soit son bilan, de "printemps arabe"

When Everyone Agreed About Iraq

For years before the war, a bipartisan consensus thought Saddam possessed WMD.

Stephen F. Knott

WSJ

March 15, 2013

At 5:34 a.m. on March 20, 2003, American, British and other allied forces invaded Iraq. One of the most divisive conflicts in the nation’s history would soon be labeled " Bush’s War."

The overthrow of Saddam Hussein’s regime became official U.S. policy in 1998, when President Clinton signed the Iraq Liberation Act—a bill passed 360-38 by the House of Representatives and by unanimous consent in the Senate. The law called for training and equipping Iraqi dissidents to overthrow Saddam and suggested that the United Nations establish a war-crimes tribunal for the dictator and his lieutenants.

The legislation was partly the result of frustration over the undeclared and relatively unheralded "No-Fly Zone War" that had been waged since 1991. Saddam’s military repeatedly fired on U.S. and allied aircraft that were attempting to prevent his regime from destroying Iraqi opposition forces in northern and southern Iraq.

According to former Chairman of the Joint Chiefs Hugh Shelton, in 1997 a key member of President Bill Clinton’s cabinet (thought by most observers to have been Secretary of State Madeleine Albright) asked Gen. Shelton whether he could arrange for a U.S. aircraft to fly slowly and low enough that it would be shot down, thereby paving the way for an American effort to topple Saddam. Kenneth Pollack, a member of Mr. Clinton’s National Security Council staff, would later write in 2002 that it was a question of "not whether but when" the U.S. would invade Iraq. He wrote that the threat presented by Saddam was "no less pressing than those we faced in 1941."

Radicalized by the events of 9/11, George W. Bush gradually concluded that a regime that had used chemical weapons against its own people and poison gas against Iran, invaded Iran and Kuwait, harbored some of the world’s most notorious terrorists, made lucrative payments to the families of suicide bombers, fired on American aircraft almost daily, and defied years of U.N. resolutions regarding weapons of mass destruction was a problem. The former chief U.N. weapons inspector, an Australian named Richard Butler, testified in July 2002 that "it is essential to recognize that the claim made by Saddam’s representatives, that Iraq has no WMD, is false."

In the U.S., there was a bipartisan consensus that Saddam possessed and continued to develop WMD. Former Vice President Al Gore noted in September 2002 that Saddam had "stored secret supplies of biological and chemical weapons throughout his country." Then-Sen. Hillary Clinton observed that Saddam hoped to increase his supply of chemical and biological weapons and to "develop nuclear weapons." Then-Sen. John Kerry claimed that "a deadly arsenal of weapons of mass destruction in his [Saddam's] hands is a real and grave threat to our security."

Even those opposed to using force against Iraq acknowledged that, as then-Sen. Edward Kennedy put it, "we have known for many years that Saddam Hussein is seeking and developing" WMD. When it came time to vote on the authorization for the use of force against Iraq, 81 Democrats in the House voted yes, joined by 29 Democrats in the Senate, including the party’s 2004 standard bearers, John Kerry and John Edwards, plus Majority Leader Tom Daschle, Sen. Joe Biden, Mrs. Clinton, and Sens. Harry Reid, Tom Harkin, Chris Dodd and Jay Rockefeller. The latter, a member of the Senate Intelligence Committee, claimed that Saddam would "likely have nuclear weapons within the next five years."

Support for the war extended far beyond Capitol Hill. In March 2003, a Pew Research Center poll indicated that 72% of the American public supported President Bush’s decision to use force.

If Mr. Bush "lied," as the common accusation has it, then so did many prominent Democrats—and so did the French, whose foreign minister, Dominique de Villepin, claimed in February 2003 that "regarding the chemical domain, we have evidence of [Iraq's] capacity to produce VX and yperite [mustard gas]; in the biological domain, the evidence suggests the possible possession of significant stocks of anthrax and botulism toxin." Germany’s intelligence chief August Hanning noted in March 2002 that "it is our estimate that Iraq will have an atomic bomb in three years."

According to interrogations conducted after the invasion, Saddam’s own generals believed that he had WMD and expected him to use these weapons as the invasion force neared Baghdad.

The war in Iraq was authorized by a bipartisan congressional coalition, supported by prominent media voices and backed by the public. Yet on its 10th anniversary Americans will be told of the Bush administration’s duplicity in leading us into the conflict. Many members of the bipartisan coalition that committed the U.S. to invade Iraq 10 years ago have long since washed their hands of their share of responsibility.

We owe it to history—and, more important, to all those who died—to recognize that this wasn’t Bush’s war, it was America’s war.

Mr. Knott, a professor of national security affairs at the United States Naval War College, is the author of "Rush to Judgment: George W. Bush, the War on Terror, and His Critics" (University Press of Kansas, 2012).

Voir aussi:

WikiLeaks Show WMD Hunt Continued in Iraq – With Surprising Results

Noah Shachtman

Wired

10.23.10

By late 2003, even the Bush White House’s staunchest defenders were starting to give up on the idea that there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq.

But WikiLeaks’ newly-released Iraq war documents reveal that for years afterward, U.S. troops continued to find chemical weapons labs, encounter insurgent specialists in toxins and uncover weapons of mass destruction.

An initial glance at the WikiLeaks war logs doesn’t reveal evidence of some massive WMD program by the Saddam Hussein regime — the Bush administration’s most (in)famous rationale for invading Iraq. But chemical weapons, especially, did not vanish from the Iraqi battlefield. Remnants of Saddam’s toxic arsenal, largely destroyed after the Gulf War, remained. Jihadists, insurgents and foreign (possibly Iranian) agitators turned to these stockpiles during the Iraq conflict — and may have brewed up their own deadly agents.

In August 2004, for instance, American forces surreptitiously purchased what they believed to be containers of liquid sulfur mustard, a toxic “blister agent” used as a chemical weapon since World War I. The troops tested the liquid, and “reported two positive results for blister.” The chemical was then “triple-sealed and transported to a secure site” outside their base.

Three months later, in northern Iraq, U.S. scouts went to

look in on a “chemical weapons” complex. “One of the bunkers has been tampered with,” they write. “The integrity of the seal [around the complex] appears intact, but it seems someone is interesting in trying to get into the bunkers.”

Meanwhile, the second battle of Fallujah was raging in Anbar province. In the southeastern corner of the city, American forces came across a “house with a chemical lab … substances found are similar to ones (in lesser quantities located a previous chemical lab.” The following day, there’s a call in another part of the city for explosive experts to dispose of a “chemical cache.”

Nearly three years later, American troops were still finding WMD in the region. An armored Buffalo vehicle unearthed a cache of artillery shells “that was covered by sacks and leaves under an Iraqi Community Watch checkpoint. “The 155mm rounds are filled with an unknown liquid, and several of which are leaking a black tar-like substance.” Initial tests were inconclusive. But later, “the rounds tested positive for mustard.”

In WikiLeaks’ massive trove of nearly 392,000 Iraq war logs are hundreds of references to chemical and biological weapons. Most of those are intelligence reports or initial suspicions of WMD that don’t pan out. In July 2004, for example, U.S. forces come across a Baghdad building with gas masks, gas filters, and containers with “unknown contents” inside. Later investigation revealed those contents to be vitamins.

But even late in the war, WMDs were still being unearthed. In the summer of 2008, according to one WikiLeaked report, American troops found at least 10 rounds that tested positive for chemical agents. “These rounds were most likely left over from the [Saddam]-era regime. Based on location, these rounds may be an AQI [Al Qaeda in Iraq] cache. However, the rounds were all total disrepair and did not appear to have been moved for a long time.”

A small group — mostly of the political right — has long maintained that there was more evidence of a major and modern WMD program than the American people were led to believe. A few Congressmen and Senators gravitated to the idea, but it was largely dismissed as conspiratorial hooey.

The WMD diehards will likely find some comfort in these newly-WikiLeaked documents. Skeptics will note that these relatively small WMD stockpiles were hardly the kind of grave danger that the Bush administration presented in the run-up to the war.

But the more salient issue may be how insurgents and Islamic extremists (possibly with the help of Iran) attempted to use these lethal and exotic arms. As Spencer noted earlier, a January 2006 war log claims that “neuroparalytic” chemical weapons were smuggled in from Iran.

That same month, then “chemical weapons specialists” were apprehended in Balad. These “foreigners” were there specifically “to support the chemical weapons operations.” The following month, an intelligence report refers to a “chemical weapons expert” that “provided assistance with the gas weapons.” What happened to that specialist, the WikiLeaked document doesn’t say.

Voir également:

Chemical Weapons, Iranian Agents and Massive Death Tolls Exposed in WikiLeaks’ Iraq Docs

Noah Shachtman and Spencer Ackerman

Wired

10.22.10

As the insurgency raged in Iraq, U.S. troops struggling to fight a shadowy enemy killed civilians, witnessed their Iraqi partners abuse detainees and labored to reduce Iran’s influence over the fighting.

None of these phenomena are unfamiliar to observers of the Iraq war. But this afternoon, the anti-secrecy organization WikiLeaks released a trove of nearly 392,000 U.S. military reports from Iraq that bring a new depth and detail to the horrors of one of America’s most controversial wars ever. We’re still digging through the just-released documents, but here’s a quick overview of what they contain.

(Our sister blog Threat Level looks at how Friday’s document dump could affect Bradley Manning, who’s already charged in other WikiLeaks releases.)

It Was Iran’s War, Too

No one would accuse WikiLeaks of being pro-war. Not when the transparency group titled its single most famous leak “Collateral Murder.” Not when its founder, Julian Assange, said that its trove of reports from the Afghan conflict suggested evidence for thousands of American “war crimes.”

So it’s more than a little ironic that, with its newest document dump from the Iraq campaign, WikiLeaks may have just bolstered one of the Bush administration’s most controversial claims about the Iraq war: that Iran supplied many of the Iraq insurgency’s deadliest weapons and worked hand-in-glove with some of its most lethal militias.

The documents indicate that Iran was a major combatant in the Iraq war, as its elite Quds Force trained Iraqi Shiite insurgents and imported deadly weapons like the shape-charged Explosively Formed Projectile bombs into Iraq for use against civilians, Sunni militants and U.S. troops.

A report from 2006 claims “neuroparalytic” chemical weapons from Iran were smuggled into Iraq. (It’s one of many, many documents recounting WMD efforts in Iraq.) Others indicate that Iran flooded Iraq with guns and rockets, including the Misagh-1 surface-to-air missile, .50 caliber rifles, rockets and much more.

As the New York Times observes, Iranian agents plotted to kidnap U.S. troops from out of their Humvees — something that occurred in Karbala in 2007, leaving five U.S. troops dead. (It’s still not totally clear if the Iranians were responsible.)

High Civilian Death Tolls

Over 66,000 deaths classified as “civilians” are listed in the documents, which span the years between 2004 and 2009. According to an initial assessment by the Iraq Body Count, an organization that tallies reports of civilian casualties, that’s 15,000 more dead Iraqi civilians than the United States has previously acknowledged.

“This data should never have been withheld from the public,” Iraq Body Count told the Guardian.

In one incident highlighted by The New York Times, Marines who couldn’t get a car carrying an Iraqi family to stop at a Fallujah checkpoint after warning them with a flare opened fire on the car, killing a woman and wounding her husband and two children. Confusion at checkpoints was a common feature of the Iraq war, placing U.S. troops who didn’t speak Arabic in a murky situation of judging who posed a threat to them.

Iraqi Detainee Abuse

The United States spent billions to train and equip Iraqi security forces, a mission that continues to this day. But while under U.S. tutelage, Iraqi soldiers and police abused detainees in their custody. And even after the 2004 Abu Ghraib detainee-abuse scandal, U.S. troops sometimes tolerated accounts of Iraqi abuse, writing “no investigation is necessary” in one case.

That wasn’t uniformly the case: In a 2005 report, U.S. troops discovered “a hand cranked generator with wire clamps” at an Iraqi police station in Baghdad where a detainee claimed to have been brutalized. The report says the Americans took the generator as evidence and reported the incident to a two-star general — but it doesn’t specify if the general was American or Iraqi.

As expected, the Pentagon denounced WikiLeaks’ disclosure of the nearly 400,000 documents. “We deplore Wikileaks for inducing individuals to break the law, leak classified documents and then cavalierly share that secret information with the world, including our enemies,” e-mails Geoff Morrell, spokesman for Defense Secretary Robert Gates. “We know terrorist organizations have been mining the leaked Afghan documents for information to use against us and this Iraq leak is more than four times as large. By disclosing such sensitive information, Wikileaks continues to put at risk the lives of our troops, their coalition partners and those Iraqis and Afghans working with us. The only responsible course of action for Wikileaks at this point is to return the stolen material and expunge it from their websites as soon as possible.”

WikiLeaks appears to have learned from the criticism of its last document dump, however. According to the Guardian, which has pored through the documents under a press blackout for weeks, WikiLeaks didn’t release all the information in an Iraq-deaths database, in order to protect the identities of Iraqis who worked with the United States — a correction for something that it didn’t sufficiently do when releasing U.S. military documents from Afghanistan this summer.

We’re still digging through the documents. We’ll bring you more soon. And in comments, tell us what you’re seeing — and what you’re interested in learning more about.

Voir encore:

WikiLeaks docs prove Saddam had WMD, threats remain

Seth Mandel

Weekly blitz

October 28, 2010

WikiLeaks’ latest publication of Iraq war documents contains a lot of information that most reasonable people would prefer remained unknown, such as the names of Iraqi informants who will now be hunted for helping the U.S.

And although the anti-war left welcomed the release of the documents, they would probably cringe at one of the most significant finds of this latest crop of reports: Iraq had weapons of mass destruction (WMD).

"By late 2003, even the Bush White House’s staunchest defenders were starting to give up on the idea that there were weapons of mass destruction in Iraq," Wired magazine’s Danger Room reports. "But WikiLeaks’ newly-released Iraq war documents reveal that for years afterward, U.S. troops continued to find chemical weapons labs, encounter insurgent specialists in toxins and uncover weapons of mass destruction."

That is, there definitively were weapons of mass destruction and elements of a WMD program in Saddam Hussein’s Iraq when U.S.-led coalition troops entered the country to depose Hussein.

Predictably, the liberal media did their best to either ignore the story–like the New York Times and Washington Post did–or spin it. It’s not an easy choice to make, since ignoring the story makes you look out of the loop and hurts your reputation as an informative publication, yet spinning the story means actively attempting to confuse and mislead your readers. CBS News chose the latter.

"WikiLeaks Iraq War Logs: No Evidence of Massive WMD Caches" read the headline on CBS News’ online. Here is the story’s opening paragraph:

"The nearly 400,000 Iraq war log documents released by WikiLeaks on Friday were full of evidence of abuses, civilian deaths and the chaos of war, but clear evidence of weapons of mass destruction–the Bush administration’s justification for invading Iraq–appears to be missing."

There are two falsehoods in that sentence, demonstrating the difficulty in trying to spin a clear fact. The Bush administration’s justification for invading Iraq was much broader than WMD–in fact, it was similar to the litany of reasons the Clinton administration signed the Iraq Liberation Act of 1998, which specifically called for regime change in Iraq as the official policy of the United States government (Iraq had repeatedly violated international law, Iraq had failed to comply with the obligations that ended the Gulf War, Iraq had circumvented U.N. resolutions, etc.).

"If we fail to respond today, Saddam and all those who would follow in his footsteps will be emboldened tomorrow," President Clinton said in February 1998. "Some day, some way, I guarantee you, he’ll use the arsenal."

The second falsehood was the phrase "appears to be missing." In August 2004, American soldiers seized a toxic "blister agent," a chemical weapon used since the First World War, Wired reported. In Anbar province, they discovered a chemical lab and a "chemical cache." Three years later, U.S. military found buried WMD, and even as recent as 2008 found chemical munitions.

This isn’t the first time Iraq war documents shattered a media myth about Saddam’s regime. In 2008, a Pentagon study of Iraqi documents, as well as audio and video recordings, revealed connections between Saddam’s regime and al-Qaeda and other terrorist groups. Called the Iraqi Perspectives Project (IPP), the report–based on more than 600,000 captured original documents and thousands of hours of audio and video recordings–proved conclusively that Saddam had worked with terrorist organizations that were plotting attacks on American targets around the world.

One way to identify a media narrative in deep trouble is the naked attempt to draw conclusions for the reader instead of just presenting the story. The CBS report on the leaked WMD documents is a case in point of the reporter telling the reader what they ought to think, knowing full well that otherwise the facts of the case would likely lead the reader to the opposite conclusion.

"At this point," CBS reporter Dan Farber desperately pleads, "history will still record that the Bush administration went into Iraq under an erroneous threat assessment that Saddam Hussein was manufacturing and hoarding weapons of mass destruction."

That’s as close as the liberal mainstream media will get to admitting they were wrong. It’s their version of a confession. The myth that Saddam Hussein’s Iraq was WMD-free has met its demise.

And these weapons couldn’t simply be the lost scraps of Saddam’s attempts to destroy the stockpile, as Ed Morrissey points out.

"Had Saddam Hussein wanted those weapons destroyed, no lower-ranking military officer would have dared defy him by keeping them hidden," he writes. "It would have taken dozens of officers to conspire to move and hide those weapons, as well as a like number of enlisted men, any and all of whom could have been a spy for the Hussein clique."

But now that we’ve answered the question of whether there were actual weapons of mass destruction in Iraq–there were and are–we may have a more significant question to answer: Who has possession of these weapons now?

"But the more salient issue may be how insurgents and Islamic extremists (possibly with the help of Iran) attempted to use these lethal and exotic arms," Wired reports. In 2006, for example, "neuroparalytic" chemical weapons were brought in from Iran.

"That same month, then ‘chemical weapons specialists’ were apprehended in Balad," the Wired report continues. "These ‘foreigners’ were there specifically ‘to support the chemical weapons operations.’ The following month, an intelligence report refers to a ‘chemical weapons expert’ that ‘provided assistance with the gas weapons.’ What happened to that specialist, the WikiLeaked document doesn’t say."

Seth Mandel is the Washington DC based correspondent of Weekly Blitz.

COMPLEMENT (18.03.13):

Ten Years Ago, an Honorable War Began With Wide Support

Now the U.S. has bailed out of Iraq leaving behind little trace. And a strongman is in charge.

Fouad Ajami

The WSJ

March 18, 2013

Nowadays, few people step forth to speak well of the Iraq War, to own up to the support they gave that American campaign in the Arab world. Yet Operation Iraqi Freedom, launched 10 years ago this week, was once a popular war. We had struck into Afghanistan in 2001 to rout al Qaeda and the terrorists’ Taliban hosts—but the 9/11 killers who brought ruin onto American soil were not Afghan. They were young Arabs, forged in the crucible of Arab society, in the dictators’ prisons and torture chambers. Arab financiers and preachers gave them the means and the warrant for their horrific deeds.

America’s previous venture into Iraq, a dozen years earlier, had been a lightning strike: The Iraqi dictator was evicted from Kuwait and then spared. Saddam Hussein’s military machine was all rust and decay by 2003, but he swaggered and let the world believe that he had in his possession a deadly arsenal of weapons of mass destruction. The Arab redeemer, as he had styled himself, lacked the guile that might have saved him. A great military expedition was being readied against him in London and Washington, but he gambled to the bitter end that George W. Bush would not pull the trigger.

On the eve of Operation Iraqi Freedom—the first bombs fell on March 19—well over 70% of the American public supported upending the Saddam regime. The temptation to depict the war as George W. Bush’s and Dick Cheney’s is convenient but utterly false. This was a war waged with congressional authorization, with the endorsement of popular acceptance, and with the sanction of more than a dozen United Nations Security Council resolutions calling for Iraq’s disarmament.

Those unburdened by knowledge of the ways of that region would come to insist that there had been no operational links between the Iraqi despot and al Qaeda. These newborn critics would insist on a distinction between secular terrorism and religious terrorism, but it was a distinction without a difference.

The rationale for the war sustained a devastating blow in the autumn of 2004 when Charles Duelfer, the chief U.S. arms inspector for Iraq, issued a definitive report confirming that Saddam had possessed no stockpiles of weapons of mass destruction. The war now stood on its own—and many of its former supporters claimed that this wasn’t what they had signed up for. Yet the "architects" of the war could not pull the plug on it. They soldiered on, offering a new aim: the reform and freedom of Iraq, and the example of a decent Iraq in the "heart of the Arab world."

President Bush, seen in this image from television, addresses the nation from the Oval Office at the White House, on March 19, 2003. Bush said U.S. forces launched a strike against targets of military opportunity in Iraq, describing the action as the opening salvo in an operation to disarm Iraq and to free its people.

There were very few takers for the new rationale. In the oddest of twists, American liberalism now mocked the very idea that liberty could put down roots in an Arab- Muslim setting.

Nor were there takers, among those watching from lands around Iraq, for the idea of freedom midwifed by American power. To Iraq’s east lay the Iranian despotism, eager to thwart and frustrate the American project. To the west in Syria there was the Baath dictatorship of the House of Assad. And beyond there was the Sunni Arab order of power, where America was despised for giving power to Shiites. For a millennium, the Shiite Arabs had not governed, and yet now they ruled in Baghdad, a city that had been the seat of the Islamic caliphate.

A stoical George W. Bush held the line amid American disaffection and amid the resistance of a region invested in the failure of the Iraq campaign. He doubled down with the troop "surge" and remained true to the proposition that liberty could stick on Arab soil.

There is no way of writing a convincing alternative history of the region without this war. That kind of effort is inherently speculative, subject to whim and preference. Perhaps we could have let Saddam be, could have tolerated the misery he inflicted on his people, convinced ourselves that the sanctions imposed on his regime were sufficient to keep him quarantined. But a different history played out. It delivered the Iraqis from a tyranny that they would have never been able to overthrow on their own.

The American disappointment with Iraq helped propel Barack Obama to power. There were strategic gains that the war had secured in Iraq, but Mr. Obama had no interest in them. Iraq was the "war of choice" that had to be brought to a "responsible close," he said. The focus instead would be on that "war of necessity" in Afghanistan.

A skilled politician, Mr. Obama made the Iraqi government an offer meant to be turned down—a residual American force that could hardly defend itself, let alone provide meaningful protection for the fledgling new order in Baghdad. Predictably, Iraq’s rulers decided to go it alone as 2011 drew to a close. They had been navigating a difficult course between Iran and the U.S. The choice was made easy for them, the Iranian supreme leader was next door, the liberal superpower was in retreat.

Heading for the exits, Mr. Obama praised Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki as "the elected leader of a sovereign, self-reliant and democratic Iraq." The praise came even as Mr. Maliki was beginning to erect a dictatorship bent on marginalizing the country’s Kurds and Sunni Arabs and even those among the Shiites who questioned his writ.

Two weeks ago, Stuart W. Bowen Jr., the special inspector general for Iraq reconstruction, issued his final report, called "Learning from Iraq." The report was methodical and detailed, interspersed with the testimonies of American and Iraqi officials. One testimony, by an Iraqi technocrat, the acting minister of interior, Adnan al-Asadi, offered a compelling image: "With all the money the U.S. has spent, you can go into any city in Iraq and you can’t find one building or project built by the U.S. government. You can fly in a helicopter around Baghdad or other cities, but you can’t point a finger at a single project that was built and completed by the United States."

It was no fault of the soldiers who fought this war, or of the leaders who launched it, that their successors lacked the patience to stick around Iraq and safekeep what had been gained at an incalculable cost in blood and treasure.

Mr. Ajami is a senior fellow at Stanford’s Hoover Institution and the author, most recently, of "The Syrian Rebellion" (Hoover Press, 2012).

COMPLEMENT (20.03.13):

On balance, was the Iraq war worth it?

Jeff Jacoby

The Boston Globe

March 20, 2013

TEN YEARS AGO this week, the United States led an invasion of Iraq with the explicit purpose of overthrowing Saddam Hussein. The preceding months had been filled with vehement protests against the impending war, expressed in editorials, in advertisements, and in rallies so vast that some of them made it into the Guinness Book of World Records. With so many people against the invasion, who supported it?

Well, if you were like the great majority of Americans – you did. In February and March 2003, Newsweek’s polls showed 70 percent of the public in favor of military action against Iraq; Gallup and Pew Research Center surveys showed the same thing. Congress had authorized the invasion a few months earlier with strong bipartisan majorities; among the many Democrats voting for the war were Senators John Kerry, Hillary Clinton, and Joe Biden.

The invasion of Iraq 10 years ago ended the reign of a genocidal tyrant, and ensured that his monstrous sons could never succeed him.

Though the Iraq War later became a favorite Democratic club for bashing George W. Bush, Republicans and Democrats alike had long understood that Saddam was a deadly menace who had to be forcibly eradicated. In 1998 President Bill Clinton signed the Iraq Liberation Act, making Saddam’s removal from power a matter of US policy. "If the history of the last six years has taught us anything," Kerry had said two years earlier, "it is that Saddam Hussein does not understand diplomacy, he only understands power."

But bipartisan harmony was an early casualty of the war. Once it became clear that Saddam didn’t have the stockpiles of chemical and biological weapons that were a major justification for the invasion, unity gave way to recrimination. It didn’t matter that virtually everyone – Republicans and Democrats, CIA analysts and the UN Security Council, even Saddam’s own military officers – had been sure the WMD would be found. Nor did it matter that Saddam had previously used WMD to exterminate thousands of men, women, and children. The temptation to spin an intelligence failure as a deliberate "lie" was politically irresistible.

When the relatively quick toppling of Saddam was followed by a long and bloody insurgency, opposition to the war intensified. For many it became an intractable article of faith that victory was not an option. The war to remove Saddam was not merely "Bush’s folly," but – as Senate majority leader Harry Reid called it in 2007 — "the worst foreign policy mistake in the history of this country."

But then came Bush’s "surge," and the course of the war shifted dramatically for the better.

By the time President Bush left office, Iraq had been transformed from a "republic of fear" into a relatively peaceful constitutional democracy.

By the time Bush left office, the insurgency was crippled, violence was down 90 percent, and Iraqis were being governed by politicians they had voted for. It was far from perfect, but "something that looks an awful lot like democracy is beginning to take hold in Iraq," reported Newsweek in early 2010. On its cover the magazine proclaimed: "Victory at Last."

And so it might have been, if America’s new commander-in-chief hadn’t been so insistent on pulling the plug.

In October 2011, President Obama – overriding his military commanders, who had recommended keeping 18,000 troops on the ground – announced that all remaining US servicemen would be out of Iraq by the end of the year. Politically, it was a popular decision; most Americans were understandably weary of Iraq. But abandoning Iraqis and their frail, fledgling democracy was reckless.

"It freed Prime Minister Nouri Maliki to be more of a Shiite sectarian than he could have been with the US looking over his shoulder," military historian Max Boot observed this week. And with Maliki moving against his Sunni opponents, some of them "are making common cause once again with Al-Qaeda in Iraq, [which] has recovered from its near-death experience" during the surge. It is cold comfort that so many urgently warned of just such an outcome in 2011.

So was the Iraq war worth it? On that, Americans are a long way from a consensus. It is never clear in the immediate aftermath of any war what history’s judgment will be. Two decades ago, the 1991 Gulf War was regarded as a triumph. In retrospect, the decision to leave Saddam in power – and to let him murderously crush an uprising we had encouraged – looks like a tragic blunder.

But this much we do know: The invasion of Iraq 10 years ago ended the reign of a genocidal tyrant, and ensured that his monstrous sons could never succeed him. It struck a shaft of fear into other dictators, leading Libya’s Moammar Qaddafi, for example, to relinquish his WMD. It let Iraqis find out how much better their lives could be under democratic self-government. Like all wars, even wars of liberation, it took an awful toll. The status quo ante was worse.

(Jeff Jacoby is a columnist for The Boston Globe. His website is http://www.JeffJacoby.com).

COMPLEMENT (22.03.13):

Geopolitical ADHD

Mark Steyn

National Review online

March 22, 2013

Ten years ago, along with three-quarters of the American people, including the men just appointed as President Obama’s secretaries of state and defense, I supported the invasion of Iraq. A decade on, unlike most of the American people, including John Kerry and Chuck Hagel, I’ll stand by that original judgment.

None of us can say what would have happened had Saddam Hussein remained in power. He might now be engaged in a nuclear-arms race with Iran. One or other of his even more psychotic sons, the late Uday or Qusay, could be in power. The Arab Spring might have come to Iraq, and surely even more bloodily than in Syria.

But these are speculations best left to the authors of “alternative histories.” In the real world, how did things turn out?

Three weeks after Operation Shock and Awe began, the early-bird naysayers were already warning of massive humanitarian devastation and civil war. Neither happened. Overcompensating somewhat for all the doom-mongering, I wrote in Britain’s Daily Telegraph that “a year from now Basra will have a lower crime rate than most London boroughs.” Close enough. Major General Andy Salmon, the British commander in southern Iraq, eventually declared of Basra that “on a per capita basis, if you look at the violence statistics, it is less dangerous than Manchester.”

Ten years ago, expert opinion was that Iraq was a phony-baloney entity imposed on the map by distant colonial powers. Joe Biden, you’ll recall, advocated dividing the country into three separate states, which for the Democrats held out the enticing prospect of having three separate quagmires to blame on Bush, but for the Iraqis had little appeal. “As long as you respect its inherently confederal nature,” I argued, “it’ll work fine.” As for the supposedly secessionist Kurds, “they’ll settle for being Scotland or Quebec.” And so it turned out. The Times of London, last week: “Ten Years after Saddam, Iraqi Kurds Have Never Had It So Good.” In Kurdistan as in Quebec, there is a pervasive unsavory tribal cronyism, but on the other hand, unlike Quebec City, Erbil is booming.

What of the rest of the country? Iraq, I suggested, would wind up “at a bare minimum, the least badly governed state in the Arab world, and, at best, pleasant, civilized and thriving.” I’ll stand by my worst-case scenario there. Unlike the emerging “reforms” in Tunisia, Libya, Egypt, and Syria, politics in Iraq has remained flawed but, by the standards of the grimly Islamist Arab Spring, broadly secular.

So I like the way a lot of the trees fell. But I missed the forest.

On the previous Western liberation of Mesopotamia, when General Maude took Baghdad from the Turks in 1917, British troops found a very different city from the Saddamite squat of 2003: In a lively, jostling, cosmopolitan metropolis, 40 percent of the population was Jewish. I wasn’t so deluded as to think the Jews would be back, but I hoped something of Baghdad’s lost vigor might return. Granted that most of the Arab world, from Tangiers to Alexandria, is considerably less “multicultural” than it was in mid century, the remorseless extinction of Iraq’s Christian community this last decade is appalling — and, given that it happened on America’s watch, utterly shameful. Like the bland acknowledgement deep in a State Department “International Religious Freedom Report” that the last church in Afghanistan was burned to the ground in 2010, it testifies to the superpower’s impotence, not “internationally” but in client states entirely bankrolled by us.

Foreigners see this more clearly than Americans. As Goh Chok Tong, the prime minister of Singapore, said on a visit to Washington in 2004, “The key issue is no longer WMD or even the role of the U.N. The central issue is America’s credibility and will to prevail.” Just so. If you live in Tikrit or Fallujah, the Iraq War was about Iraq. If you live anywhere else on the planet, the Iraq War was about America, and the unceasing drumbeat of “quagmire” and “exit strategy” communicated to the world an emptiness at the heart of American power — like the toppled statue of Saddam that proved to be hollow. On the eleventh anniversary of 9/11, mobs trashed U.S. embassies across the region with impunity. A rather more motivated crowd showed up in Benghazi, killed four Americans, including the ambassador, and correctly calculated they would face no retribution. Like the Taliban in Afghanistan, these guys have reached their own judgment about American “credibility” and “will” — as have more potent forces yet biding their time, from Moscow to Beijing.

A few weeks after the fall of Saddam, on little more than a whim, I rented a beat-up Nissan at Amman Airport and, without telling the car-hire bloke, drove east across the Iraqi border and into the Sunni Triangle. I could not easily make the same journey today: Western journalists now require the permission of the central government to enter Anbar Province. But for a brief period in the spring of 2003 we were the “strong horse” and even a dainty little media gelding such as myself was accorded a measure of respect by the natives. At a rest area on the highway between Rutba and Ramadi, I fell into conversation with one of the locals. Having had to veer onto the median every few miles to dodge bomb craters, I asked him whether he bore any resentments toward his liberators. “Americans only in the sky,” he told me, grinning a big toothless grin as, bang on cue, a U.S. chopper rumbled up from over the horizon and passed high above our heads. “No problem.”

“Americans only in the sky” is an even better slogan in the Obama era of drone-alone warfare. In Iraq, there were a lot of boots on the ground, but when it came to non-military leverage (cultural, economic) Americans were content to remain “only in the sky.” And down on the ground other players filled the vacuum, some reasonably benign (the Chinese in the oil fields), others less so (the Iranians in everything else).

And so a genuinely reformed Middle East remains, like the speculative scenarios outlined at the top, in the realm of “alternative history.” Nevertheless, in the grim two-thirds-of-a-century roll call of America’s un-won wars, Iraq today is less un-won than Korea, Vietnam, or Afghanistan, and that is not nothing. The war dead of America and its few real allies died in an honorable cause. But armies don’t wage wars, nations do. And, back on the home front, a vast percentage of fair-weather hawks who decided that it was all too complicated, or a bit of a downer, or Bush lied, or where’s the remote, revealed America as profoundly unserious. A senator who votes for war and then decides he’d rather it had never started is also engaging in “alternative history” — albeit of the kind in which Pam Ewing steps into the shower at Southfork and writes off the previous season of Dallas as a bad dream. In non-alternative history, in the only reality there is, once you’ve started a war, you have two choices: to win it or to lose it. Withdrawing one’s “support” for a war you’re already in advertises nothing more than a kind of geopolitical ADHD.

Shortly after Gulf War One, when the world’s superpower assembled a mighty coalition to fight half-a-war to an inconclusive halt at the gates of Baghdad, Washington declined to get mixed up in the disintegrating Balkans. Colin Powell offered the following rationale: “We do deserts. We don’t do mountains.” Across a decade in Iraq, America told the world we don’t really do deserts, either.

— Mark Steyn, a National Review columnist, is the author of After America: Get Ready for Armageddon.


Irak/9e: Comment perdre une guerre déjà gagnée (How Obama lost Iraq)

21 décembre, 2011
We think a successful, democratic Iraq can be a model for the entire region. Obama
There is no question that the United States was divided going into that war. But I think the United States is united coming out of that war. We all recognize the tremendous price that has been paid in lives, in blood. And yet I think we also recognize that those lives were not lost in vain. (…) As difficult as [the Iraq war] was, and the cost in both American and Iraqi lives, I think the price has been worth it, to establish a stable government in a very important region of the world. Leon Panetta  (secrétaire américain à la Défense)
Il y a d’abord eu moins de morts qu’au Vietnam. De mémoire, il y a eu 13 500 soldats morts (sic) alors qu’en Irak il y en a eu 4 500. On est dans une autre dimension : trois fois moins pour une durée égale. Et surtout, l’armée américaine qui repart du Vietnam est une armée démoralisée, défaite. Là ce n’est pas le cas. Les Américains partent au fond assez tranquillement. Il n’y a pas eu de scènes d’évacuation comme à Saïgon. Ils quittent le pays avec l’accord du gouvernement en place. (…)Les Américains ont renversé Saddam Hussein, c’était le but. Ils ont installé un gouvernement démocratiquement élu, il n’y a pas de doutes là-dessus. Voilà pour les points positifs. Les points négatifs, c’est qu’il y a eu des dizaines de milliers de morts et une guerre civile en Irak. Le prix à payer est extrêmement lourd. D’autant qu’on n’a pas l’impression que l’économie de l’Irak a redémarré. Lorsque l’on reprend ce que l’on disait il y a huit ans, comme quoi c’était une guerre pour mettre la main sur le pétrole ; on constate que le pétrole n’a pas redémarré. Le but politique de détruire un régime dictatorial a été atteint, mais le prix à payer a été extrêmement élevé. Jean-Dominique Merchet (spécialiste des questions de défense)
The military recommended nearly 20,000 troops, considerably fewer than our 28,500 in Korea, 40,000 in Japan, and 54,000 in Germany. The president rejected those proposals, choosing instead a level of 3,000 to 5,000 troops. A deployment so risibly small would have to expend all its energies simply protecting itself — the fate of our tragic, missionless 1982 Lebanon deployment — with no real capability to train the Iraqis, build their U.S.-equipped air force, mediate ethnic disputes (as we have successfully done, for example, between local Arabs and Kurds), operate surveillance and special-ops bases, and establish the kind of close military-to-military relations that undergird our strongest alliances. The Obama proposal was an unmistakable signal of unseriousness. It became clear that he simply wanted out, leaving any Iraqi foolish enough to maintain a pro-American orientation exposed to Iranian influence, now unopposed and potentially lethal. (…) The excuse is Iraqi refusal to grant legal immunity to U.S. forces. But the Bush administration encountered the same problem, and overcame it. Obama had little desire to. Indeed, he portrays the evacuation as a success, the fulfillment of a campaign promise. Charles Krauthammer

A l’heure où, avec le pitoyable retrait américain et des prétendus mensonges de Bush au soi-disant "million de morts", de "l’exécution sommaire de Sadam Hussein" à  "la honte d’Abou Ghraib" ou  du "déclenchement d’une véritable guérilla" à la "communautarisation" d’un État supposé "laïc" sans oublier la "guerre pour le pétrole, nos médias nous ressortent les contre-vérités habituelles  sur l’Irak…

Et où, à moins d’un an d’une présidentielle rien de moins qu’assurée, le Carter noir de la Maison Blanche s’attribue les mérites d’une victoire militaire pour une guerre contre laquelle il s’était fait élire …

Tout en se retrouvant,  du fait de son évident manque de conviction (le débat sur le nombre de troupes et les garanties d’immunité apparaissant plutôt comme un prétexte) et malgré  les quelque 40 000 hommes encore dans la région notamment au Koweit voisin, sans les moindres troupes sur place …

Retour, avec Charles Krauthammer, sur la manière dont l’actuelle Administration américaine vient de réussir l’exploit… de perdre une guerre déjà gagnée!

Who Lost Iraq?

You know who.

Charles Krauthammer

The NRO

November 3, 2011

Barack Obama was a principled opponent of the Iraq War from its beginning. But when he became president in January 2009, he was handed a war that was won. The surge had succeeded. Al-Qaeda in Iraq had been routed, driven to humiliating defeat by an Anbar Awakening of Sunnis fighting side-by-side with the infidel Americans. Even more remarkably, the Shiite militias had been taken down, with American backing, by the forces of Shiite prime minister Nouri al-Maliki. They crushed the Sadr militias from Basra to Sadr City.

Al-Qaeda decimated. A Shiite prime minister taking a decisively nationalist line. Iraqi Sunnis ready to integrate into a new national government. U.S. casualties at their lowest ebb in the entire war. Elections approaching. Obama was left with but a single task: Negotiate a new status-of-forces agreement (SOFA) to reinforce these gains and create a strategic partnership with the Arab world’s only democracy.

He blew it. Negotiations, such as they were, finally collapsed last month. There is no agreement, no partnership. As of December 31, the American military presence in Iraq will be liquidated.

And it’s not as if that deadline snuck up on Obama. He had three years to prepare for it. Everyone involved, Iraqi and American, knew that the 2008 SOFA calling for full U.S. withdrawal was meant to be renegotiated. And all major parties but one (the Sadr faction) had an interest in some residual stabilizing U.S. force, like the postwar deployments in Japan, Germany, and Korea.

Three years, two abject failures. The first was the administration’s inability, at the height of American post-surge power, to broker a centrist nationalist coalition governed by the major blocs — one predominantly Shiite (Maliki’s), one predominantly Sunni (Ayad Allawi’s), one Kurdish — that among them won a large majority (69 percent) of seats in the 2010 election.

Vice President Joe Biden was given the job. He failed utterly. The government ended up effectively being run by a narrow sectarian coalition where the balance of power is held by the relatively small (12 percent) Iranian-client Sadr faction.

The second failure was the SOFA itself. The military recommended nearly 20,000 troops, considerably fewer than our 28,500 in Korea, 40,000 in Japan, and 54,000 in Germany. The president rejected those proposals, choosing instead a level of 3,000 to 5,000 troops.

A deployment so risibly small would have to expend all its energies simply protecting itself — the fate of our tragic, missionless 1982 Lebanon deployment — with no real capability to train the Iraqis, build their U.S.-equipped air force, mediate ethnic disputes (as we have successfully done, for example, between local Arabs and Kurds), operate surveillance and special-ops bases, and establish the kind of close military-to-military relations that undergird our strongest alliances.

The Obama proposal was an unmistakable signal of unseriousness. It became clear that he simply wanted out, leaving any Iraqi foolish enough to maintain a pro-American orientation exposed to Iranian influence, now unopposed and potentially lethal. Message received. Just this past week, Massoud Barzani, leader of the Kurds — for two decades the staunchest of U.S. allies — visited Tehran to bend a knee to both Pres. Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and Ayatollah Ali Khamenei.

It didn’t have to be this way. Our friends did not have to be left out in the cold to seek Iranian protection. Three years and a won war had given Obama the opportunity to establish a lasting strategic alliance with the Arab world’s second most important power.

He failed, though he hardly tried very hard. The excuse is Iraqi refusal to grant legal immunity to U.S. forces. But the Bush administration encountered the same problem, and overcame it. Obama had little desire to. Indeed, he portrays the evacuation as a success, the fulfillment of a campaign promise.

But surely the obligation to defend the security and the interests of the nation supersede personal vindication. Obama opposed the war, but when he became commander-in-chief the terrible price had already been paid in blood and treasure. His obligation was to make something of that sacrifice, to secure the strategic gains that sacrifice had already achieved.

He did not, failing at precisely what this administration so flatters itself for doing so well: diplomacy. After years of allegedly clumsy brutish force, Obama was to usher in an era of not hard power, not soft power, but smart power.

Which turns out in Iraq to be . . . no power. Years from now we will be asking not “Who lost Iraq?” — that already is clear — but “Why?”

Voir aussi:

What Obama Left Behind in Iraq

Fouad Ajami

The WSJ

December 17, 2011

There’s no need to fear the deference of Iraq’s Shiites toward Iran.

‘The tide of war is receding, and the soul of Baghdad remains, the soul of Iraq remains," Vice President Joe Biden said at Camp Victory, by the Baghdad airport, earlier this month, in the countdown to the official end of the Iraq war. In truth, the receding tide Mr. Biden glimpsed was that of American power and influence in Iraq and in the Greater Middle East.

This wasn’t something the people of that region pined for. These are lands that crave the protection of a dominant foreign power as they feign outrage at its exercise. Nor was it decreed by the objective facts of American power, for this country still possesses all the ingredients of influence and prestige. It was, rather, a decision made in the course of the Obama presidency—the ebb of our power has become a self-fulfilling prophesy.

America was never meant to stay in Iraq indefinitely. In all fairness to President Obama, he had ridden the disappointment with Iraq from the state legislature in Illinois to the White House. He was not a pacifist, he let it be known. He did not oppose all wars. It was only "dumb" wars he was against. In every way he could, he kept Iraq at arm’s length. He never partook of the view that we had secured strategic gains in that country worth preserving. It was thus awkward to watch the president on Monday, with Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki by his side, explaining as we exit that "We think a successful, democratic Iraq can be a model for the entire region." The words rang hollow.

A president who understood the stakes would have had no difficulty justifying a residual American presence in Iraq. But not this president. At the core of Mr. Obama’s worldview lies a pessimism about America and the power of its ideals and reach in the world.

The one exception to this strategic timidity is the pride Mr. Obama takes in prosecuting the war against terrorists. In a moment evocative of George W. Bush, Mr. Obama last week swatted away the charge that he had been appeasing America’s enemies abroad: "Ask Osama bin Laden and the 22 out of 30 top Al Qaeda leaders who’ve been taken off the field whether I engage in appeasement." Fair enough.

But the world demands more than that, it begs for a larger strategic reading of things.

We shall never know with certainty what was possible and open to us in Iraq. On the face of it, the Iraqis wanted us out, and Mr. Maliki and his coalition had been unwilling to give our troops legal immunity from prosecution. But how we got there is less understood. The U.S. commanders on the ground thought that a residual presence of 20,000 soldiers would suffice to keep the order in Iraq and give the United States an anchor in that country. The White House had proposed a much lower figure, somewhere between 3,000 and 5,000. That force level would have been unsustainable, a target for the disgruntled and the conspirators.

No Iraqi government would run the gauntlet of a divided country, and a feisty parliament, for that sort of deal. Mr. Maliki may not be fully tutored in the ways of American democracy, but he is shrewd enough to recognize that this American leader was not invested in Iraq’s affairs.

Six years ago, when this war was still young and its harvest uncertain, a brilliant Iraqi diplomat and writer, Hassan al- Alawi, wrote a provocative book titled "al-Iraq al-Amriki" ("American Iraq"). It was proper, he observed, to speak of an American Iraq as one does of a Sumerian, a Babylonian, an Abbasid, an Ottoman, then a British Iraq. He didn’t think that America would stick around long in Iraq, but he thought the American impact would be monumental.

Whereas British Iraq empowered the Sunnis, the Americans would tip the scales in favor of the Shiites. All three principal communities in Iraq had a vested interest in American protection. The Kurds, the most pro- American population in the region, were desperate to have America remain—a balance to the power of Turkey, a buffer between their autonomous zone in the north and the Baghdad government. The Sunnis, the erstwhile masters of the country, had come around: An American presence with enough authority would be their shield against a sectarian, Shiite regime that would cut them out of the spoils.

Ironically, the Shiite majority, the followers of the radical cleric Moqtada al-Sadr aside, had a vested interest in an American deterrent on the ground. For all their edge in the politics of Baghdad, the Shiites are still given to a healthy measure of paranoia about the world around them. The Iraq midwifed by U.S. power had been delivered into a hostile neighborhood. The Sunni Arabs had yet to accept and make their peace with the rise of a Shiite-led government in Baghdad. And the rebellion in Syria added to the uncertainty, feeding the anxiety of Mr. Maliki and the Shiite political class over a Syrian regime to their west ruled by the Sunni majority. There is also Turkey, large and now with economic means and a view of itself as a protector of the Sunnis of the region.

And there remained Iran, to the east, with the traffic of commerce and pilgrimage, with the religious entanglements born of a common Shiite faith. For the Sunni Arabs—and for Americans who had opposed this war—Iraq is destined to slip, nay it has already slipped, into the orbit of the Persian theocracy. The American war, with all its sacrifices, had simply created a "sister republic" of the Persian state, it is said.

Those who love to organize an untidy world have spoken of a "Shiite crescent" that stretches from Iran, through Iraq, all the way to the Mediterranean and Syria and Lebanon. But the image is false. Iraq is a big and proud country, with a strong sense of nationalism, and oil wealth of its own. An Iraqi political class, with its vast oil reserves, has no interest in ceding its authority to the Iranians.

The Shiism that straddles the boundaries of the two countries divides them as well. The sacred lands of Shiism are in Iraq, and the Shiism of the Iraqis is Arab through and through. The pride of Najaf is great, I can’t see it deferring to the religious authority of strangers.

One of our ablest diplomats, Ryan Crocker, then ambassador to Baghdad, now our envoy in Kabul, once pronounced the definitive judgment on these contested Iraqi matters: "In the end, what we leave behind and how we leave will be more important than how we came." It so happened that when it truly mattered, the president who called the shots on Iraq had his gaze fixated on the past and its disputations.

Mr. Ajami is a senior fellow at Stanford’s Hoover Institution and co-chair of Hoover’s Working Group on Islamism and the International Order.

Voir enfin:

Irak : la fin d’une sale guerre

Philippe Rioux

La Dépêche

19/12/2011

Barack Obama avait promis un retrait total des troupes américaines. Celui-ci est effectif depuis hier. Neuf ans de guerre s’achèvent sur un bilan très contrasté.

Jusqu’au dernier moment, la date de l’évacuation des dernières troupes américaines d’Irak aura été tenue secrète, par crainte d’un attentat qui vienne endeuiller cette journée historique. Hier à l’aube, neuf ans après avoir envahi le pays pour renverser le dictateur Saddam Hussein, le dernier convoi composé de 110 véhicules transportant environ 500 soldats issus de la 3e brigade de la 1re division de cavalerie a traversé la frontière à 7 h 30 locales (5 h 30 à Paris). Le dernier véhicule est passé huit minutes plus tard et l’émotion était tangible parmi les soldats, dont beaucoup avaient accroché des bannières étoilées dans leurs véhicules.

L’opération « Iraqi Freedom » – la guerre la plus controversée depuis celle du Vietnam – s’achève donc dans l’amertume. Certes, le tyran Saddam Hussein a été renversé ; certes l’Irak a connu ses premières élections démocratiques depuis cinquante ans. Mais à quel prix ? Plus de 100 000 morts parmi les civils sont à déplorer – certains observateurs avancent même des centaines de milliers de victimes. Des conflits ethnico-religieux entre sunnites, chiites et kurdes menacent la stabilité d’un gouvernement très fragile. Le bloc laïque Iraqiya de l’ancien Premier ministre Iyad Allaoui a d’ailleurs décidé de suspendre à partir de samedi sa participation aux travaux du Parlement. L’économie du pays est exsangue : les services de base comme la distribution de l’électricité et de l’eau potable sont défectueux et la reprise des exportations du pétrole – 2,2 millions de barils par jour soit 7 milliards de dollars par mois – sont bien faibles.

Espoir de paix

Cette troisième guerre du Golfe, guerre « préventive » théorisée par George W. Bush après les attentats du 11-Septembre 2001 et qui a été émaillée de nombreux scandales dont le symbole reste celui de la prison d’Abou Ghraib, aura aussi coûté cher aux États-Unis. Financièrement (770 milliards de dollars par an), humainement (4 484 soldats morts) et moralement.

Reste que la fin d’une guerre, aussi controversée soit-elle, doit laisser place à l’espoir de la paix. Dans les rues de Bagdad hier, c’est cet espoir qui animait l’homme de la rue, à l’heure où l’Irak écrit un nouveau chapitre de son histoire.

——————————————————————————–

Les 6 dossiers noirs de Bagdad

1. Une guerre lancée sur des mensonges.

Après la deuxième guerre du Golfe de 1991, les Nations Unies adoptent la résolution 687 réclamant à l’Irak d’accepter la destruction de toutes les armes chimiques, biologiques et des infrastructures les produisant. Des inspections des Nations Unies et de l’Agence Internationale pour l’Énergie Atomique (AIEA) s’enchaînent alors jusqu’en 1998, puis reprennent en 2002 après une nouvelle résolution du Conseil de sécurité. Washington acquiert la certitude que Saddam Hussein dissimule aux inspecteurs des armes de destruction massive (ADM). Mais ni la CIA, ni les services secrets britanniques ne peuvent apporter de preuves formelles. Le 5 février 2003, le secrétaire d’État américain Colin Powell présente devant le Conseil de sécurité des Nations Unies des photos satellites montrant selon lui des camions-laboratoires. L’ex-général brandit ensuite une fiole contenant une poudre blanche : de l’anthrax. Craignant un veto de la France (lire ci-contre), de la Russie et de la Chine, les États-Unis et la Grande Bretagne lanceront la guerre sans l’aval de l’ONU. La guerre sera ensuite « légitimée » par d’autres résolutions du Conseil de sécurité. À noter qu’aux États-Unis et au Royaume-Uni, plusieurs enquêtes sont en cours pour déterminer s’il y a eu mensonge ou pas.

2. Les morts américains et irakiens.

En mars 2003, la coalition amenée par les États-Unis, le Royaume-Uni et l’Australie, compte 48 pays. Selon des sites Internet indépendants qui comptabilisent les morts (icasualties.org et antiwar.com), le bilan de la guerre est, du 20 mars 2003 au 1er décembre 2011, de 4 803 morts dans la coalition dont 4 484 soldats américains. A ces nombres s’ajoutent plus de 36 000 blessés dans la coalition dont 32 226 Américains. Du côté des civils, le nombre de victimes reste difficile à établir, mais tous les observateurs évoquent plus de 100000 morts. Depuis mars 2003, les pertes civiles s’étaleraient entre 104 035 et 113 680, selon l’organisation britannique IraqBodyCount.org. L’institut de sondage britannique Opinion research business a estimé à plus d’un million le nombre de victimes irakiennes entre mars 2003 et août 2007. Tandis que la revue The Lancet estimait en octobre 2006 que le nombre de décès irakiens imputables à la guerre était de 655 000. Le Haut Commissariat des Nations unies pour les réfugiés (UNHCR) a comptabilisé en ce mois de décembre 1 323 250 réfugiés dont 549 150 reçoivent une aide.

3. L’exécution sommaire de Sadam Hussein.

Après plusieurs mois passés dans la clandestinité, l’ex-dictateur Saddam Hussein est arrêté par les Américains dans une cave de Tikrit dans la nuit du 13 au 14 décembre 2003. Le monde entier découvre les images d’un raïs méconnaissable, hirsute, hagard. En juillet 2004, le Tribunal spécial irakien (TSI), le juge pour génocide, crime contre l’humanité et crime de guerre, avec plusieurs autres membres du parti Baas. Saddam Hussein a retrouvé sa verve, invective le tribunal à plusieurs reprises durant le procès qui dure plusieurs mois. Le 15 mars 2006, il se déclare à la barre toujours président de l’Irak et appelle les Irakiens à combattre les Américains. Le 19 juin, le procureur général requiert la peine de mort contre l’ancien président. Le 5 novembre, Saddam Hussein est condamné à mort par pendaison pour crime contre l’humanité. Le 30 décembre 2006, l’ancien président irakien est exécuté à Bagdad à 6 h 0 5. Son corps sera enterré dans le centre d’Aouja, à 180 km au nord de Bagdad et 4 km au sud de Tikrit. Cette exécution sommaire déclenche une vive polémique, certains dénonçant une « mascarade » et une « parodie de justice ».

4. La honte d’Abou Ghraib

En août 2003, l’armée américaine rouvre le complexe pénitentiaire d’Abou Ghraib, construit dans les années 60 et situé à 32 km de Bagdad. Une prison de sinistre mémoire, lieu de torture du régime de Saddam. En 2004, la diffusion de photographies montrant des détenus irakiens humiliés par des militaires américains déclenche le scandale d’Abou Ghraib. Les photos montrent des soldats irakiens torturés, attachés par des câbles électriques, obligés de poser nus les uns sur les autres, menacés par des chiens de garde. Leurs dépouilles sont désacralisées après leur mort. Le tollé international oblige les États-Unis à ouvrir une enquête. En 2006, onze soldats américains sont jugés et condamnés pour les faits de tortures commis dans la prison. En mai 2006, George W. Bush admet que la prison était la « plus grosse erreur » des Américains en Irak. Abou Ghraib est aujourd’hui « Prison centrale de Bagdad » et peut accueillir 15 000 détenus.

5. Le terrorisme, les enlèvements

L’occupation de l’Irak par les Américains a déclenché une vraie guérilla. Pillages, affrontements, règlements de compte sont le lot quotidien de nombreuses villes du pays sur fond d’affrontements religieux et ethniques entre sunnites et chiites. Les forces de la coalition – dont le commandement est bunkérisé dans la « zone verte » ultra-sécurisée de Bagdad – sont confrontées à l’hostilité de la population et à des actes terroristes de plus en plus violents. En 2004, des attentats quasi quotidiens frappent les forces militaires d’occupation et les civils travaillant pour eux. Les attentats de Qahtaniya, le 14 août 2007, sont les plus meurtriers avec 572 morts et 1 562 blessés.

Aux attentats s’est aussi ajoutée la multiplication des prises d’otages opérées par des fidèles de Saddam, des djihadistes étrangers, des islamistes et des salafistes. En mai 2004, Nick Berg, un homme d’affaires américain, est décapité par les hommes de Zarqaoui. Le 20 août 2004, les journalistes français Christian Chesnot et Georges Malbrunot sont enlevés par un groupe jusqu’alors inconnu, l’Armée islamique en Irak. Les Français sont libérés le 21 décembre 2004. Le 5 janvier 2005, Florence Aubenas (photo) est à son tour enlevée à Bagdad. Sa détention prendra fin le 12 juin.

6. D’un État laïc au régime communautariste

À la faveur d’un coup d’État en 1968, Saddam Hussein devient vice-président de l’Irak, puis président du pays à partir de 1979. Dirigé par le puisant parti Baas – nationaliste arabe, laïc et socialiste – l’Irak apparaît alors aux yeux de certains occidentaux comme un rempart contre l’Iran islamique. En 1988, au sortir de huit ans de guerre avec l’Iran, l’Irak est exsangue, au bord de la banqueroute. Saddam Hussein envahit alors le Koweït, déclenchant la 2e Guerre du golfe et subissant un très dur embargo. Au cours de cette guerre, Saddam Hussein a remis au goût du jour les valeurs islamiques. La guerre de 2003 et la chute du régime ont conduit à un éclatement de l’État. Les anciens conflits religieux entre chiites et sunnites sont réapparus. Les États-Unis sont toutefois parvenus, après un gouvernement provisoire, à organiser les premières élections libres. Mais le gouvernement communautariste reste très fragile.

——————————————————————————–

Et maintenant au tour de l’Afghanistan

Après l’Irak, l’Afghanistan sera le prochain théâtre d’opérations militaires que les États-Unis vont quitter, conformément aux promesses de Barack Obama. Le président des États-Unis avait fait deux promesses aux Américains : un retrait d’Irak dès que possible et la victoire en Afghanistan. La première promesse est effective. La seconde pourrait bientôt l’être. Les États-Unis sont en passe de remporter le « dur conflit » en Afghanistan, a affirmé à des militaires américains mercredi dernier le secrétaire américain à la Défense, Leon Panetta, sur une base de l’est de l’Afghanistan. « Nous sommes à un point où nous faisons d’énormes progrès. Y a-t-il encore des menaces, y a-t-il encore des défis que nous allons devoir affronter ? Évidemment », a-t-il ajouté devant 200 des 600 hommes de la base.

« En fin de compte, ici en Afghanistan, nous allons pouvoir mettre en place un pays capable de se gouverner et de se protéger lui-même », a-t-il poursuivi, promettant que les États-Unis s’assureraient que ni les talibans ni Al-Qaïda ne pourraient « jamais plus trouver de refuge » en Afghanistan. L’Otan, États-Unis en tête, a entamé cette année le retrait progressif de la totalité de ses troupes de combat, censé s’achever fin 2014. Quelque 33 000 militaires américains auront quitté l’Afghanistan d’ici à fin septembre 2012, dont 10 000 d’ici à fin décembre. La France retirera un quart de ses soldats d’ici à fin 2012, a annoncé en juillet Nicolas Sarkozy.

——————————————————————————–

Expert : Jean-Dominique Merchet, spécialiste des questions de défense

Le prix à payer est extrêmement lourd

Certains évoquent pour l’armée américaine un nouveau Vietnam. Est-ce pertinent ?

Non, il n’y a pas de similitudes. Il y a d’abord eu moins de morts qu’au Vietnam. De mémoire, il y a eu 13 500 soldats morts alors qu’en Irak il y en a eu 4 500. On est dans une autre dimension : trois fois moins pour une durée égale. Et surtout, l’armée américaine qui repart du Vietnam est une armée démoralisée, défaite. Là ce n’est pas le cas. Les Américains partent au fond assez tranquillement. Il n’y a pas eu de scènes d’évacuation comme à Saïgon. Ils quittent le pays avec l’accord du gouvernement en place.

Pour autant, les États-Unis ont-ils gagné cette guerre ?

Les Américains ont renversé Saddam Hussein, c’était le but. Ils ont installé un gouvernement démocratiquement élu, il n’y a pas de doutes là-dessus. Voilà pour les points positifs. Les points négatifs, c’est qu’il y a eu des dizaines de milliers de morts et une guerre civile en Irak. Le prix à payer est extrêmement lourd. D’autant qu’on n’a pas l’impression que l’économie de l’Irak a redémarré. Lorsque l’on reprend ce que l’on disait il y a huit ans, comme quoi c’était une guerre pour mettre la main sur le pétrole ; on constate que le pétrole n’a pas redémarré. Le but politique de détruire un régime dictatorial a été atteint, mais le prix à payer a été extrêmement élevé.

Cette guerre a-t-elle changé la façon dont les États-Unis appréhendent les conflits armés ?

Les guerres d’Irak et d’Afghanistan se ressemblent un peu. Ce sont des guerres qui se font au sein de populations musulmanes, relativement hostiles et en tout cas très partagées. Ce sont des guerres de contre-insurrection. Cela a amené les Américains à beaucoup réfléchir sur cette notion, y compris en reprenant des auteurs français sur la guerre d’Algérie. Mais cela n’est pas forcément un modèle pour les guerres d’avenir ; cela ne marche que lorsque l’on peut s’appuyer sur un gouvernement et des forces locales assez puissantes.

A l’ONU en 2003, le "non" de la France

En 2003, les États-Unis auront tenté jusqu’au bout de convaincre les membres du Conseil de sécurité des Nations unies de l’existence d’armes de destructions massives en Irak. Des armes que Saddam Hussein aurait dissimulées depuis des années aux nombreux inspecteurs de l’ONU et de l’Agence internationale de l’énergie atomique (AIEA). Mais ni la CIA, ni les services britanniques n’ont produit jusqu’à présent des preuves irréfutables. Le 5 février 2003, le Conseil de sécurité se réunit une dernière fois. Le secrétaire d’État et ancien général Colin Powell, qui a des doutes à titre personnel, fait tout de même le job et présente des « preuves » : photographies aériennes de camions-laboratoires, enregistrements, fiole contenant, dit-il, de l’anthax…

En réponse, le 14 février, Dominique de Villepin, ministre français des Affaires étrangères, va prononcer un discours historique, celui du « non » de la France à cette guerre à venir. « C’est un vieux pays, la France, d’un vieux continent comme le mien, l’Europe, qui vous le dit aujourd’hui, qui a connu les guerres, l’occupation, la barbarie », conclut De Villepin qui, fait rare, sera applaudi. Craignant un veto de la France, de la Russie et de la Chine, les États-Unis passeront outre pour s’engager dans la guerre.

Voir enfin:


Christopher Hitchens: La vérité même contre le monde entier (Always looking for our Spanish Civil War)

19 décembre, 2011
Il y avait la vérité, il y avait le mensonge, et si l’on s’accrochait à la vérité, même contre le monde entier, on n’était pas fou. Orwell ("1984")
La liberté, c’est la liberté de dire que deux et deux font quatre. Lorsque cela est accordé, le reste suit. George Orwell ("1984")
Il est clair que la rhétorique de Bush sonne un peu plus vraie à nos oreilles qu’aux vôtres… Vaclav Havel
En Russie, le régime est plus moderne, plus démocratique et plus sophistiqué que le stalinisme. Mais il faut être vigilant. L’action de Poutine doit au moins nous inviter à la prudence. Avec lui, la Russie veut restaurer sa zone d’influence, son « étranger proche », comme ils disent là-bas. Nous n’avons pas le droit de fermer les yeux et de le laisser faire. Vaclav Havel
Here is a man [Jacques Chirac] who had to run for re-election last year in order to preserve his immunity from prosecution, on charges of corruption that were grave. Here is a man who helped Saddam Hussein build a nuclear reactor and who knew very well what he wanted it for. Here is a man at the head of France who is, in effect, openly for sale. He puts me in mind of the banker in Flaubert’s « L’Education Sentimentale »: a man so habituated to corruption that he would happily pay for the pleasure of selling himself. Here, also, is a positive monster of conceit. He and his foreign minister, Dominique de Villepin, have unctuously said that « force is always the last resort. » Vraiment? This was not the view of the French establishment when troops were sent to Rwanda to try and rescue the client-regime that had just unleashed ethnocide against the Tutsi. It is not, one presumes, the view of the French generals who currently treat the people and nation of Cote d’Ivoire as their fief. It was not the view of those who ordered the destruction of an unarmed ship, the Rainbow Warrior, as it lay at anchor in a New Zealand harbor after protesting the French official practice of conducting atmospheric nuclear tests in the Pacific. (…) We are all aware of the fact that French companies and the French state are owed immense sums of money by Saddam Hussein. We all very much hope that no private gifts to any French political figures have been made by the Iraqi Baath Party, even though such scruple on either side would be anomalous to say the very least. Is it possible that there is any more to it than that? The future government in Baghdad may very well not consider itself responsible for paying Saddam’s debts. Does this alone condition the Chirac response to a fin de regime in Iraq? (…) Charles de Gaulle had a colossal ego, but he felt himself compelled at a crucial moment to represent une certaine idee de la France, at a time when that nation had been betrayed into serfdom and shame by its political and military establishment. (…) He had a sense of history. To the permanent interests of France, he insisted on attaching une certain idee de la liberte as well. He would have nodded approvingly at Vaclav Havel’s statement — his last as Czech president — speaking boldly about the rights of the people of Iraq. And one likes to think that he would have had a fine contempt for his pygmy successor, the vain and posturing and venal man who, attempting to act the part of a balding Joan of Arc in drag, is making France into the abject procurer for Saddam. This is a case of the rat that tried to roar. Hitchens (2003)
It’s rather sad to think that whatever happens you and I can never possibly get involved in a war. Evelyn Waugh (Brideshead Revisited)
That’s why you join a party, to take up the struggles within it. And that’s what pushed me to the left—the humiliation of the Labour Government.  Hitchens
Si nous avions quitté l’Irak selon l’agenda du mouvement pacifiste, la situation serait précisément l’inverse: le peuple irakien serait maintenant atrocement martyrisé par les sadiques d’al-Qaeda, trop contents de se vanter en plus d’avoir infligé une défaite sur le champ de bataille aux Etats-Unis. Ce qui n’aurait pas manqué de se faire rapidement savoir en Afghanistan et, nul doute, à d’autres endroits où l’ennemi opère. Christopher Hitchens
Une seule faction du monde politique américain a trouvé moyen d’excuser le genre de fanatisme religieux qui nous menace le plus directement ici et maintenant. Et cette faction, je suis désolé et furieux de le dire, est la gauche. Depuis le premier jour de l’immolation du World Trade Center jusqu’en ce moment même, une galerie de pseudo-intellectuels accepte de présenter le plus mauvais visage de l’Islam comme la voix de l’opprimé. Comment ces personnes peuvent-elles supporter de relire leur propre propagande? Les tueurs suicide palestiniens – désavoués et dénoncés par le nouveau chef de l’OLP – qualifiées de victimes du “désespoir.” Les forces d’Al-Qaida et des Taliban présentées comme des porte-paroles dévoyés de l’anti-mondialisation. Les gangsters assoiffés de sang d’Irak, qui préfereraient engloutir toute la population dans la souffrance plutôt que de les laisser voter, joliment décrits comme des “insurgés” ou même, par Michael Moore, comme l’équivalent moral de nos Pères fondateurs. Si c’est ça, le sécularisme libéral, je préfère à tous les coups un modeste et pieux Baptiste amateur de chasse au cerf du Kentucky, aussi longtemps qu’il n’essaie pas de m’imposer ses principes (ce que lui interdit d’ailleurs notre constitution). (…) George Bush est peut-être subjectivement chrétien, mais il a objectivement fait plus pour la laïcité – avec les forces armées américaines – que la totalité de la communauté agnostique américaine combinée et doublée. Christopher Hitchens
Sur la porte de ma banque à Washington, une pancarte me prie poliment, mais sans explications, d’ôter tout ce qui me cache le visage avant d’entrer dans les lieux. Une personne qui ferait irruption dans la banque avec un masque quelconque serait, à juste titre, suspecte. Cette présomption de culpabilité devrait valoir aussi hors des murs de la banque. Je serais indigné et je refuserais de traiter avec une infirmière, un docteur ou un enseignant qui cacherait son visage, ou pire, avec un inspecteur des impôts ou un douanier voilé. Ne dit-on pas toujours, dans les expressions de la vie courante, «Qu’est-ce que tu as à cacher?» et «Tu n’oses pas montrer le bout de ton nez»? (…) Je voudrais poser une question toute simple à ces pseudo-libéraux qui prônent la tolérance sur la question du voile et de la burqa: que dire alors du Ku Klux Klan? Célèbre pour ses cagoules et sa pensée réactionnaire, le gang a toujours eu pour objectif le maintien d’une pureté protestante et anglo-saxonne. Le KKK a certes le droit de défendre ses positions fondées sur la religion, c’est écrit dans le Premier amendement de la Constitution américaine. J’irais même jusqu’à dire que, lors de défilés protégés par la police, ils peuvent en toute légalité cacher leur vilain visage. Mais je ne laisserais pas un homme ou une femme encagoulés enseigner à mes enfants, entrer avec moi à la banque, ou conduire mon taxi ou mon bus -aucune loi ne m’obligera jamais à le faire. Hitchens
I don’t quite see Christopher as a ‘man of action,’ but he’s always looking for the defining moment—as it were, our Spanish Civil War, where you put yourself on the right side, and stand up to the enemy. Ian Buruma
Hitchens was a longtime observer of the cruelty of Saddam Hussein, and had spoken publicly for his removal since 1998. He supported the cause of Kurdish independence, and had been to Halabja and seen the injuries caused there by Iraqi chemical weapons; and he was friendly with dissident Iraqis in exile, including Ahmed Chalabi, of the Iraqi National Congress, which aggressively promoted the notion, now widely discounted, that Saddam was poised to become a nuclear power. After September 11th, and the subsequent defeat of the Taliban in Afghanistan (upon which Hitchens addressed the British antiwar left in the pages of the Guardian, “Ha ha ha, and yah, boo”), he had thrown himself into the debate over Iraq, making speeches and writing for Slate. Brandishing the nineteen-thirties slogan “Fascism Means War,” he argued that Saddam was something more than another tyrant; though he did not have nuclear weapons, he aspired to have them; his regime was on the verge of implosion, and better that it should implode under supervision, with the West providing “armed assistance to the imminent Iraqi and Kurdish revolutions.” Ian Parker
Between the two of them, my sympathies were with Mother Teresa. If you were sitting in rags in a gutter in Calcutta, who would be more likely to give you a bowl of soup? Alexander Cockburn
What’s great about him is that being despised is actually the source of his creativity. Thomas Cushman
He felt there was a liberal failure to get the point of what was happening.” The fatwa split the left. As “The instinct was, whenever there was any conflict between Third World opinion and the Western metropole, you’d always favor the Third World. Yet here was a case where people were forced to take the opposite view.” For Hitchens, that task was simplified by his contempt for religion. Ian Buruma

Chypre, Malouines, Affaire Rushdie, Bosnie, Kurdes, Irak, y a-t-il une cause en son temps sulfureuse que Christopher Hitchens n’aura pas défendue?

A l’heure où  le retrait américain d’Irak nous est présenté comme le prétendu accomplissement d’une promesse de campagne d’un président élu sur son opposition à la guerre …

Et au lendemain de la disparition de l’ancien dissident tchèque Vaclav Havel qui, une fois devenu président, sut prendre la défense du peuple irakien …

Pendant qu’au Pays autoproclamé des Droits de l’homme on verse des larmes de crocodile sur la condamnation, largement symbolique et 20 ans après les faits, d’un président français qui avait multiplié les casseroles et trahi son premier allié comme le peuple irakien qu’il prétendait soutenir …

Comment ne pas repenser à cet autre dissident dans l’âme, l’ancien troskyste anglo-américain Christopher Hitchens décédé deux jours plus tôt …

A qui son attachement orwellien à la vérité lui valut lui aussi de ne jamais perdre de vue, y compris contre son propre camp et ses propres préjugés anti-religieux, les droits à la liberté d’un peuple opprimé?

He Knew He Was Right

How a former socialist became the Iraq war’s fiercest defender.

Ian Parker

The New Yorker

October 16, 2006

Until not long ago, Christopher Hitchens, the British-born journalist, was a valued asset of the American left: an intellectual willing to show his teeth in the cause of righteousness. Today, Hitchens supports the Iraq war and is contemptuous of those who do not—a turn that has confused and dismayed former comrades, and brought him into odd new alliances. But his life looks much the same. He still writes a great deal, at a speed at which most people read. And, at fifty-seven, he still has an arrest-photograph air about him—looking like someone who, with as much dignity as possible, has smoothed his hair and straightened his collar after knocking the helmet off a policeman.

At a dinner a few months ago in San Francisco with his wife, Carol Blue, and some others, Hitchens wore a pale jacket and a shirt unbuttoned far enough to hint at what one ex-girlfriend has called “the pelt of the Hitch.” Hitchens, who only recently gave up the habit of smoking in the shower, was working through a pack of cigarettes while talking to two women at his end of the table: a Stanford doctor in her early thirties whom he’d met once before, and a friend of hers, a librarian. He spoke with wit and eloquence about Iranian politics and what he saw as the unnecessary handsomeness of Gavin Newsom, the mayor of San Francisco.

Hitchens writes on politics and literature; and in both lines of work he tends to start from textual readings of a subtle and suspicious-minded kind. When he is not writing, he talks in the same measured, ironic voice as his prose, with the same fluency and intellectual momentum, as if he were troubled by the thought that he might never find another audience. Hitchens likes to have his say: he takes his arguments to the cable-news channels, to West Point cadets, to panel discussions in windowless hotel conference rooms. He stays at public meetings until the crowd—dehydrated and faint—has no more questions to ask, and then he gives out his e-mail address. He is a fine, funny orator, with the mock-heroic manner of an English barrister sure of his ground (“by all means,” “if you will”), using derision, a grand diction, and looping subclauses that always carry him back to the main path. He also has the politician’s trick of eliding the last word of one sentence to the first of the next, while stressing both words, in order to close a gate against interruption. In more private settings, the rhetoric is the same—except that there are filthy jokes drawn out to twenty minutes, and longer quotations from his vast stock of remembered English poetry. He seems to be perpetually auditioning for the role of best man. Ian McEwan, the novelist, recently said of Hitchens, “It all seems instantly, neurologically available: everything he’s ever read, everyone he’s ever met, every story he’s ever heard.”

 In the noisy front room of the North Beach restaurant where the friends had met, Hitchens made a toast: “To the Constitution of the United States, and confusion to its enemies!” The conversation was amiable and boozy; Hitchens might be said to care more for history than for individual humans, but he was in an easy mood, after a drive, in beautiful early-evening light, from Menlo Park. (He and Blue, a writer working on a novel, live with their thirteen-year-old daughter in Washington, D.C., but spend the summer in California, where her parents live.) During the ride, he had discussed with the Pakistani-born taxi-driver the virtues and vices of Benazir Bhutto, while surreptitiously using a bottle of Evian to put out a small but smoky fire that he had set in the ashtray.

And then the young doctor to his left made a passing but sympathetic remark about Howard Dean, the 2004 Presidential candidate; she said that he had been unfairly treated in the American media. Hitchens, in the clear, helpful voice one might use to give street directions, replied that Dean was “a raving nut bag,” and then corrected himself: “A raving, sinister, demagogic nut bag.” He said, “I and a few other people saw he should be destroyed.” He noted that, in 2003, Dean had given a speech at an abortion-rights gathering in which he recalled being visited, as a doctor, by a twelve-year-old who was pregnant by her father. (“You explain that to the American people who think that parental notification is a good idea,” Dean said, to applause.) Dean appeared not to have referred the alleged rape to the police; he also, when pressed, admitted that the story was not, in all details, true. For Hitchens, this established that Dean was a “pathological liar.”

“All politicians lie!” the women said.

“He’s a doctor,” Hitchens said.

“But he’s a politician.”

“No, excuse me,” Hitchens said. His tone tightened, and his mouth shrunk like a sea anemone poked with a stick; the Hitchens face can, at moments of dialectical urgency, or when seen in an unkindly lit Fox News studio, transform from roguish to sour. (Hitchens’s friend Martin Amis, the novelist, has chided Hitchens for “doing that horrible thing with your lips.”) “Fine,” Hitchens said. “Now that I know that, to you, medical ethics are nothing, you’ve told me all I need to know. I’m not trying to persuade you. Do you think I care whether you agree with me? No. I’m telling you why I disagree with you. That I do care about. I have no further interest in any of your opinions. There’s nothing you wouldn’t make an excuse for.”

“That’s wrong!” they said.

“You know what? I wouldn’t want you on my side.” His tone was businesslike; the laughing protests died away. “I was telling you why I knew that Howard Dean was a psycho and a fraud, and you say, ‘That’s O.K.’ Fuck off. No, I mean it: fuck off. I’m telling you what I think are standards, and you say, ‘What standards? It’s fine, he’s against the Iraq war.’ Fuck. Off. You’re MoveOn.org. ‘Any liar will do. He’s anti-Bush, he can say what he likes.’ Fuck off. You think a doctor can lie in front of an audience of women on a major question, and claim to have suppressed evidence on rape and incest and then to have said he made it up?”

“But Christopher . . .”

“Save it, sweetie, for someone who cares. It will not be me. You love it, you suck on it. I now know what your standards are, and now you know what mine are, and that’s all the difference—I hope—in the world.”

What happened to Christopher Hitchens? How did a longtime columnist at The Nation become a contributor to the Weekly Standard, a supporter of President Bush in the 2004 election, and an invited speaker at the conservative activist David Horowitz’s forthcoming Restoration Weekend, along with Ann Coulter and Rush Limbaugh? Or, to put it another way, how did Hitchens come to be a “Lying, Self-Serving, Fat-Assed, Chain-Smoking, Drunken, Opportunistic, Cynical Contrarian”? (This is from the title of an essay posted on CounterPunch, a Web site co-edited by Hitchens’s former friend and Nation colleague Alexander Cockburn.) The question, in polite and impolite forms, goes around and around at Washington dinner parties: did Hitchens maintain high principles while the left drifted from him, or did he lose himself in vanity and ambition? The matter has even inspired a forthcoming anthology of attack and counterattack, “Terror, Iraq, and the Left: Christopher Hitchens and His Critics.”

On the time line of the Hitchens apostasy, which runs from revolutionary socialism to a kind of neoconservatism, many dates are marked in boldface—his reassessment cannot be fixed to any one of them—and those familiar with Hitchens’s work know that he has always thrived on sectarian battles, and always looked for “encouraging signs of polarization,” a phrase he has borrowed from his late friend Israel Shahak, the Israeli activist. But, when I talked with Hitchens, our conversation began with events in 2001. By that year, Hitchens said, he had begun to doubt if his future lay in political journalism. He had, by then, published fifteen books, including one on the Elgin Marbles dispute, and slim, scornful volumes—modern versions of eighteenth-century pamphleteering—making the case against Henry Kissinger (mass murderer), Bill Clinton (sex criminal), and Mother Teresa (friend of despots). He had written, but not yet published, an admiring book about George Orwell’s political clear-sightedness. He had a column for Vanity Fair, in addition to his “Minority Report” for The Nation, which he had started in 1982, a year after moving to America. But, he said, political commentary had become “increasingly boring. There were times when I was due to write a Nation column and I hadn’t got a hugely strong motive to write.” He no longer described himself as a socialist, an identity he had formed as a teen-ager, in the late sixties. He had taken to describing capitalism as the world’s only true revolutionary force.

“I was becoming post-ideological,” Hitchens recalled. “And I thought, Well, what I want is to write more about literature—not to dump politics, because one can never do that, but I remember thinking that I would make a real effort to understand Proust.” Wherever possible, Hitchens writes as an oppositionist, which means that his panegyrics are delivered in the form of a bodyguard’s shove against intruders; and in this case he had decided on a book-length riposte to Alain de Botton’s “How Proust Can Change Your Life.” Hitchens finished writing his notes on September 9th, then flew to Walla Walla, Washington, to give a lecture on Henry Kissinger that coincided with the filing of a federal lawsuit against Kissinger and other Nixon Administration officials by the family of René Schneider, the Chilean military commander murdered in 1970. “I made a speech to an excited audience, and I ended, ‘I like to think that tomorrow, 11th September 2001, will be remembered for a long time as a landmark day in the struggle for human rights’—a prescient remark, I hope you’ll agree. I got a standing ovation, signed a few books, kissed a few people, went to bed reasonably contented. You know the rest.”

He went on, “The advice I’ve been giving to people all my life—that you may not be interested in the dialectic but the dialectic is interested in you; you can’t give up politics, it won’t give you up—was the advice I should have been taking myself. Because I did know that something like 9/11 would happen.” So “it was goodbye to Marcel for a bit.” (He has not written his Proust book, but, in 2004, he published a limpid essay on a new translation of “Swann’s Way”: “Through his eyes we see what actuates the dandy and the lover and the grandee and the hypocrite and the poseur, with a transparency unexampled except in Shakespeare or George Eliot,” he wrote in The Atlantic. “And this ability, so piercing and at times even alarming, is not mere knowingness. It is not, in other words, the product of cynicism. To be so perceptive and yet so innocent—that, in a phrase, is the achievement of Proust.”)

In a 2003 interview, Hitchens said that the events of September 11th filled him with “exhilaration.” His friend Ian Buruma, the writer, told me, “I don’t quite see Christopher as a ‘man of action,’ but he’s always looking for the defining moment—as it were, our Spanish Civil War, where you put yourself on the right side, and stand up to the enemy.” Hitchens foresaw “a war to the finish between everything I love and everything I hate.” Here was a question on which history would judge him; and just as Orwell had (in his view) got it right on the greatest questions of the twentieth century—Communism, Fascism, and imperialism—so Hitchens wanted a future student to see that he had been similarly scrupulous and clear-eyed. (He once wrote, “I have tried for much of my life to write as if I was composing my sentences to be read posthumously.”) His enemies stood in two groups: first, the forces of jihad, and, second, those in “the Chomsky-Zinn-Finkelstein quarter,” as he has put it—the cohort of American leftists who seemed too ready to see the attacks as a rebuke to American imperialism. In his first Nation column after September 11th, Hitchens wrote that “the bombers of Manhattan represent fascism with an Islamic face. . . . What they abominate about ‘the West,’ to put it in a phrase, is not what Western liberals don’t like and can’t defend about their own system, but what they do like about it and must defend: its emancipated women, its scientific inquiry, its separation of religion from the state. Loose talk about chickens coming home to roost is the moral equivalent of the hateful garbage emitted by Falwell and Robertson.”

Many American liberals would have had no argument with that; nor, indeed, with the way Hitchens jabbed at the film-maker Oliver Stone at a public meeting in Manhattan a few weeks later, when Stone referred to the “revolt of September 11th.” (“Excuse me. Revolt? It was state-supported mass murder, using civilians as missiles.”) Nevertheless, Hitchens felt compelled formally to remove himself from the American left. In a clarifying sign-off a few months later, he dropped his Nation column. This may have been largely a change of address rather than a change of mind—moving out of the house long after the divorce—but he detected some inner shift in 2001. “For the first time in my life, I felt myself in the position of the policeman,” he told me. In part, this was a response to America’s panic. “Nobody knew what was going on. This giant government, and huge empire. Bush was missing. Panic, impotence, shame. I’ve never known any feeling like it. What does one do when the forces of law and order have let you down, and the whole of society is stunned and terrified? Simply, I must find out what it’s like to think like a cop. It shifts the angle, in a way that can’t really be wrenched back again.” During the I.R.A. bombing campaigns on the British mainland, which began in the nineteen-seventies, this had not happened. Then he had “kept two sets of books: I didn’t like bombs, I didn’t like the partition of Ireland.” Now he felt as if he had “taken an oath to uphold and defend the Constitution against all enemies, foreign and domestic.”

We were in Hitchens’s home in Washington. His top-floor apartment, with a wide view that includes No. 1 Observatory Circle, the Vice-Presidential residence, is large and handsome: sparely furnished, with a grand piano, books piled on the floor, a few embassy invitations on the mantelpiece, and prints and paintings propped against the walls rather than hung from them; these include an oil painting of Hitchens and Blue (a dark-haired, darkly dressed woman—a young Susan Sontag) with coffee, whiskey, and cigarettes on a table in front of them.

Hitchens has the life that a spirited thirteen-year-old boy might hope adulthood to be: he wakes up when he likes, works from home, is married to someone who wears leopard-skin high heels, and conducts heady, serious discussions late into the night. I arrived just after midday, and Hitchens said that it was “time for a cocktail”; he poured a large drink. His hair flopped over his forehead, and he pushed it back using just the tips of his fingers, his hand as unbending as a mannequin’s.

He noted that he never likes going to bed. “I’m not that keen on the idea of being unconscious,” he said. “There’s plenty of time to be unconscious coming up.” In Washington, his socializing usually takes place at home. “I can have some sort of control over who comes, what gets talked about, what gets eaten, what gets drunk, and the ashtrays,” he said. “Call me set in my ways.” (Hitchens’s predominant tone is quietly self-parodying. Even his farewells are ironic: “It’s been real,” “Stay cool.”) Guests at the Hitchens salon include people he first knew in London, who call him “Hitch,” including Salman Rushdie, Ian McEwan, and his great friend Martin Amis (“The only blond I have ever really loved,” Hitchens once said); long-standing American friends like Christopher Buckley and Graydon Carter; an international network of dissidents and intellectuals; and, these days, such figures as David Frum, the former Bush Administration speechwriter, and Grover Norquist, the conservative activist. In September, he hosted Barham Salih, a Kurd who is a Deputy Prime Minister of the new Iraqi government. Many guests can report seeing Hitchens step out of the room after dinner, write a column, then step back almost before the topic of conversation has changed.

Rushdie recalled an evening last year. “I met Paul Wolfowitz,” he said, laughing. “And I discovered, to my immense surprise, that he’s a very nice man.” Wolfowitz, the neoconservative who served as the Deputy Secretary of Defense between 2001 and 2005, and who now runs the World Bank, was a primary architect of the invasion of Iraq; he has become the emblem of Hitchens’s new political alignments. Wolfowitz respected Hitchens’s record as a writer on human rights. He called Hitchens in the fall of 2002, at the prompting of Kevin Kellems, then his special adviser, and now an adviser at the World Bank. “It felt like Cold War espionage,” Kellems recalled. “Contacting someone on the other side you think might want to defect.” Hitchens accepted an invitation to lunch at the Pentagon. “I snuck him in,” Kellems said. “We didn’t put his name on the schedule.”

As Wolfowitz knew, Hitchens was a longtime observer of the cruelty of Saddam Hussein, and had spoken publicly for his removal since 1998. He supported the cause of Kurdish independence, and had been to Halabja and seen the injuries caused there by Iraqi chemical weapons; and he was friendly with dissident Iraqis in exile, including Ahmed Chalabi, of the Iraqi National Congress, which aggressively promoted the notion, now widely discounted, that Saddam was poised to become a nuclear power. After September 11th, and the subsequent defeat of the Taliban in Afghanistan (upon which Hitchens addressed the British antiwar left in the pages of the Guardian, “Ha ha ha, and yah, boo”), he had thrown himself into the debate over Iraq, making speeches and writing for Slate. Brandishing the nineteen-thirties slogan “Fascism Means War,” he argued that Saddam was something more than another tyrant; though he did not have nuclear weapons, he aspired to have them; his regime was on the verge of implosion, and better that it should implode under supervision, with the West providing “armed assistance to the imminent Iraqi and Kurdish revolutions.” Hitchens told me, “The number of us who would have criticized Bush if he hadn’t removed Saddam—that’s certainly the smallest minority I’ve ever been a member of.”

I mentioned the Pentagon meeting. “Wolfowitz was not asking my advice about Iraq—don’t run away with that idea,” Hitchens said. “He just felt that those who worked for the ousting of Saddam should get on closer terms with each other.” According to Kellems, who attended the meeting, “Hitchens said, ‘I was trying to signal you’ ”—through his writing—“and Wolfowitz said, ‘I wondered.’” Hitchens disputes that memory; he does remember asking Wolfowitz for reassurances that, in the event of an invasion, the United States would protect the Kurds from the Turks. They talked about Rwanda and Bosnia, about the history of genocide and the cost of inaction. Kellems, who has since become a friend of Hitchens, described “two giant minds unleashed in the room. They were finishing each other’s sentences.” According to Hitchens, Wolfowitz is a “bleeding heart,” and he went on, “There are not many Republicans, or Democrats, who lie awake at night worrying about what’s happening to the Palestinians, but he does.” (Hitchens has been a decades-long agitator for the Palestinian cause; he co-edited a book on the subject with Edward Said, the late Palestinian-American scholar.) “And Wolfowitz wants America’s human-rights ethic to be straight and consistent as far as possible. And if there’s an anomaly he’s aware of it.”

On April 9, 2003, the day the statue of Saddam was pulled down in central Baghdad, Hitchens wrote, “So it turns out that all the slogans of the anti-war movement were right after all. And their demands were just. ‘No War on Iraq,’ they said—and there wasn’t a war on Iraq. Indeed, there was barely a ‘war’ at all. ‘No Blood for Oil,’ they cried, and the oil wealth of Iraq has been duly rescued from attempted sabotage with scarcely a drop spilled.” That July, Hitchens and a few other reporters flew to Baghdad with Wolfowitz. “It’s quite extraordinary to see the way that American soldiers are welcomed,” Hitchens told Fox News upon his return. “To see the work that they’re doing and not just rolling up these filthy networks of Baathists and jihadists, but building schools, opening soccer stadiums, helping people connect to the Internet, there is a really intelligent political program as well as a very tough military one.”

Three years later, Hitchens is still on Fox News talking about the Iraq war. He has not flinched from his position that the invasion was necessary, nor declined any serious invitation to defend that position publicly, even as the violence in Iraq has increased, and American opinion has turned against the intervention and the President who launched it. In this role, he has presented himself with an immense test of his rhetorical mettle—one can say that without doubting his sincerity. He often seems to have had more at stake, and certainly more oratorical energy, than anyone in the government. (In recent months, the trope of “Islamic fascism,” which Hitchens has used frequently since his 2001 Nation column, has reached the top layers of government—in August, Bush said that the country was “at war with Islamic fascists”—and he has had to deny the charge that he is writing Administration speeches.) Today, he always carries with him—like the Kurdistan flag in his lapel—debating points, worn smooth with use: Abdul Rahman Yasin, who was involved in the 1993 World Trade Center attack, took refuge in Iraq; Dr. Mahdi Obeidi, Saddam’s senior physicist, had centrifuge parts buried in his garden; as late as 2003, Iraqi agents were trying to buy missiles from North Korea; Tariq Aziz, Iraq’s Deputy Prime Minister, offered Hitchens’s friend Rolf Ekéus, the weapons inspector, a two-and-a-half-million-dollar bribe. “I feel like Bellow’s Herzog, writing crazed letters,” Hitchens said, smiling. “The occupation has not turned out as one would have liked, but the main problem is to have underestimated the utter evil of the other side. I wouldn’t have believed they could keep up a campaign of murdering people at random.”

Hitchens asks his opponents this: “We should have left Iraq the way it was? However I replay the tape, however much I wish things had been done differently, I can’t get to that position.” He acknowledged that his support of the war had caused him some intellectual discomfort. “The most difficult thing is having to defend an Administration that isn’t defensible,” he said. On television and radio, he explained, “you’re invited on to defend the Administration’s view on something and then someone’s invited on to attack it. You don’t want to begin by putting distance, because then it looks like you’re covering your ass. You take the confrontation as it actually is. I’m not going to spend a few silky minutes saying, ‘You know, I don’t really like Bush and his attitude toward stem cells.’ No. Wait. The motion before the house is this: Is this a just and necessary war or is it not?”

He went on, “I’m open to the prosecution of the Administration, even the impeachment of some members, for the way they’ve fucked up the war, and also the way they exploit it domestically. But do not run away with the idea that my telling you this would satisfy any of my critics. They want me to immolate myself, and I sincerely believe that for some of them, when they see bad news from Iraq, the reaction is simply ‘This will make Hitchens look bad!’ I’ve been trying to avoid solipsism, but I’ve come to believe there are such people.”

Hitchens finds support on the right, of course. Peter Wehner, a deputy assistant to the President and the director of the office of strategic initiatives in the White House, invited Hitchens to give a lecture to White House staff a few years ago, and now jokingly addresses him as “Comrade” in e-mails. Wehner admired Hitchens as a “fantastic political pugilist” even when they were on opposing camps in the eighties. Now, he said, “On the issues of greatest gravity and historical importance—the war against global jihadism and the liberation of Iraq—I am thrilled to be on the same side of the divide as Christopher.”

To Hitchens’s left, there is enmity and derision. This summer, a mock-obituary, published online, described him dying in the manner of Major Kong: riding a warhead out of a B-52 in a future American war in Iran. Another Internet tribute posted a photograph of him with the caption “Hitchens: ‘I’ll Kick Saddam’s Fucking Teeth In.’ ”A parodic MySpace page introduces Hitchens this way: “I am a man of the Enlightenment. Words fall from my tongue and you eat them up like a starving kitten on the street.” Last year, Hitchens was jeered when he debated the British M.P. George Galloway in New York. When he appeared on “Real Time with Bill Maher,” this summer, Hitchens said “Fuck you” to a hostile crowd and, to Maher, “Your audience, which will clap at apparently anything, is frivolous.”

Many friends and former friends have been watching Hitchens’s progress with disappointment, or something sharper. Colin Robinson, his former publisher at Verso Books, said, “I hope it might be possible to save some bits of Christopher. It’s a terrible loss to the left—it’s so rare to have someone in the mainstream media who could go out and give the other side a dusting.” Using a similar tone of regret, Eric Alterman, a Nation columnist and an estranged friend, called him a “performance artist.” Alexander Cockburn told me, “Between the two of them, my sympathies were with Mother Teresa. If you were sitting in rags in a gutter in Calcutta, who would be more likely to give you a bowl of soup?”

Hitchens claims to be unperturbed by his critics. “You’d think I’d driven over their pets and abducted their daughters,” Hitchens said. “I’d like to know what brings that on.” A pause. “So I could do it more.” He added, “People say, ‘What’s it like to be a minority of one, or a kick-bag for the Internet?’ It washes off me like jizz off a porn star’s face.” (Thomas Cushman, one of the editors of “Terror, Iraq, and the Left,” said of Hitchens, “What’s great about him is that being despised is actually the source of his creativity.”)

I asked Rushdie if recent events had taken their toll on his friend. “Christopher is well equipped to take care of himself,” Rushdie said, “but I do think that some of the people that he is now aligned with are not really people that he’s like. That must be very strange for him, and I worry about that.”

When I told Hitchens that some friends were worried, he smiled through his annoyance. “I suppose it’s nice to be worried about,” he said. “It’s almost like being cared about.”

In 1982, Hitchens wrote an essay for The Nation about Evelyn Waugh’s “Brideshead Revisited,” and the point he was most keen to make was that although the First World War predates the action of the novel, it remains at the center of the story. Hitchens quoted at length from Waugh’s honeyed description of the excursion made by Charles Ryder and Sebastian Flyte to the Venice of the early twenties, a passage of champagne cocktails and gondolas that ends with Sebastian saying, “It’s rather sad to think that whatever happens you and I can never possibly get involved in a war.”

I asked Carol Blue about this passage. She said that her husband, who was brought up in an English military family in the years following the Second World War, had an aspect of “those men who were never really in battle and wished they had been. There’s a whole tough-guy, ‘I am violent, I will use violence, I will take some of these people out before I die’ talk, which is really key to his psychology—I don’t care what he says. I think it is partly to do with his upbringing.”

The Second World War was “the entire subject of conversation” when Hitchens was growing up, he told me: “I didn’t know films were made out of anything else.” Every Boxing Day, the family would toast the sinking of the German battleship Scharnhorst. Portsmouth, where he first lived, was still scarred by Nazi air raids. Hitchens’s father was a career Navy man from a working-class family who reached the rank of commander and, with that, a foothold in the middle classes. He met Hitchens’s mother, who was from a lower-middle-class Liverpudlian family, during the war. Commander Hitchens was not a garrulous man, but some observations of his have stuck with his son. “They are all kind of solid,” Christopher said. “He said, ‘Beware of girls with thin lips’; ‘Don’t let them see you with just your socks on’; and ‘Socialism is founded on sand.’ ” His father also said that “the war was the only time when he knew what he was doing.”

His parents, Hitchens said, were of a class that “resent but sort of envy the rich, but they’re terrified of organized labor, and feel themselves to be the neglected, solid citizens.” Commander Hitchens was a conservative of the peeved, country-going-to-the-dogs sort—a Thatcherite in waiting. Christopher abandoned that conservatism as a boy but perhaps absorbed the lesson that politics is a form of anger. “My father was not a misanthrope, exactly, but he thought that the whole thing”—that is, life—“was a bit overrated.”

Commander Hitchens had a Baptist-Calvinist background. His wife was Jewish, but she never told her husband or her children. Hitchens learned this about her—and himself—only long after her death. (“On hearing the tidings, I was pleased to find that I was pleased,” he has written.) She was more social than Hitchens’s father, and more alert to signs of class slippage: it was vital to decant milk into a jug before taking it to the table, and to avoid saying “toilet.” Hitchens once overheard an argument between his parents about the cost of boarding school, in which his mother said, “If there is going to be a ruling class in this country, then Christopher is going to be in it.”

She succeeded: Christopher was privately and expensively educated (as was Peter, his younger brother, who is a prominent right-wing newspaper columnist in London) and now has the accent—and white suit—of the English upper-middle classes. Ian Buruma detects in Hitchens some mix of regard and disdain “for the ‘real’ officer class. Waugh had a bit of that, and Wodehouse—Christopher’s favorite writers—which is one reason that Wodehouse ended up in America. America allows you to play the role of the fruity upper-class Englishman, whereas in En-gland you’d feel vulnerable to exposure.”

Hitchens went to boarding school, in Devon, at the age of eight. He was happy, but, he said, “a radicalizing thing for me was the realization that my parents had scrimped and saved to allow me to be the first member of my family to go to boarding school. I was surrounded by these sons of Lancastrian businessmen who thought it was their perfect right to be there. That had a huge effect: these fuckers don’t even know when they’re well off.” He also saw through Mrs. Watts, his instructor on religious matters, “who told us how good it was of God to make all our vegetation green, because it was the color that was most restful for our eyes, and how horrible it would be if it was orange. I remember sitting there, in my shorts and sandals, and thinking, That can’t be right.” Hitchens has just finished a book informed by a lifetime of steely anticlerical thought, “God Is Not Great,” to be published next year, which begins with Mrs. Watts, and goes on to say of his religious friends, “I would be quite content to go to their children’s bar-mitzvahs, to marvel at their Gothic cathedrals, to ‘respect’ their belief that the Koran was dictated, though exclusively in Arabic, to an illiterate prophet, or to interest myself in Wicca and Hindu and Jain consolations. And as it happens, I will continue to do this without insisting on the polite reciprocal condition—which is that they in turn leave me alone. But this, religion is ultimately incapable of doing. As I write these words, and as you read them, people of faith are in their different ways planning your and my destruction. . . . Religion poisons everything.”

Hitchens used to have, at times, a “pronounced” stutter. “One way of curing it was to force yourself to speak in public,” he said. In his first school debate, Hitchens spoke against new immigration restrictions (nobody else would), and found that the techniques required—such as charm and the sudden, cutthroat withdrawal of charm—came naturally to him. His later success in America derived in part from his bruising rhetorical talents. In Britain, such qualities are on show every week at Prime Minister’s Question Time, but in America Hitchens was a novel act. “It’s extraordinary,” he said. “I’ve been invited onto shows like ‘Crossfire’ and told, ‘Can’t you hold it down a bit?’ ”

In 1964, he ran as the Labour Party candidate in his school’s mock election (again, nobody else would). He lost, but the Labour Party won in the country. The new government quickly proved itself to be, in Hitchens’s words, “completely corrupt and cynical”—backing President Johnson on Vietnam, for example. His response was to join the Party, thus starting a career of antagonistic idealism. “That’s why you join a party, to take up the struggles within it,” Hitchens explained. “And that’s what pushed me to the left—the humiliation of the Labour Government.” By the time he came to study politics, philosophy, and economics at Balliol College, Oxford—semi-official motto: “Effortless Superiority”—he had been invited to join a Trotskyist group, the International Socialists. (He was spotted while skillfully heckling a Maoist at a public meeting.)

As a student, Hitchens was good-looking and charismatic. He does not remember ever having met Bill Clinton, his Oxford contemporary, but he told me that there was a student who, at different times, was his girlfriend and Clinton’s, before she began a lifetime of lesbianism. He met Martin Amis and, for a time, shared a house with James Fenton, the poet, whom Hitchens had brought into the International Socialists. “He wore a beret—I have to tell you that he did,” Fenton said of Hitchens, remembering that his comrade “was not known as a stalwart of the ‘getting up at six to go to the factory gates’ brigade. I used to think that the revolution would break out and I’d be waking Christopher, trying to get him out of bed.”

In fact, something a little like this happened. During the Paris uprisings of 1968, transport links with France were cut before many, including Hitchens, could cross the Channel. “It’s a big regret of my life,” he said. Indeed, when he talks about the Cromwellian and American revolutions, his tone is almost nostalgic. (His personal identification with Thomas Paine is nearly as strong as it is with Orwell; his short study of Paine, published this year, was dedicated to Jalal Talabani—“first elected president of the Republic of Iraq; sworn foe of fascism and theocracy”—rather as “The Rights of Man” was dedicated to George Washington and the Marquis de Lafayette.) But wherever Hitchens might have been a witness to an explosion of popular feeling, either no explosion occurred or it was delayed until he left. He recalled flying out of Iraq the day before the deaths, in July, 2003, of Saddam’s sons, Uday and Qusay. When Hitchens described the celebrations that followed, you could hear a man struggling to transform a secondhand report into a firsthand one by force of will power alone: “I could have been there—it kills me! That night, the entire cityscape was a blaze of weapons being fired in celebration. It was like ten million Fourth of Julys . . .”

At times, Hitchens can look like a brain trying to pass as a muscle. He reads the world intellectually, but emphasizes his physical responses to it. Talking of jihadism, he said, “You know, recognizing an enemy—it’s not just your mental cortex. Everything in you physically conditions you to realize that this means no good, like when you see a copperhead coming toward you. It’s basic: it lives or I do.” When Hitchens’s prose hits an off note, it often includes the visceral or the pseudo-visceral, whether in a paean to oral sex for Vanity Fair (“I was at once bewitched and slain by the warm, moist cave of her mouth”) or in commentaries on current affairs: “reeking fumes of the suicide-murderers,” “the stench of common bribery, pungently reeking of crude oil.” On these occasions, the bookish Hitchens is elbowed aside by an alternate self: a man as twitchingly alert as Trotsky at the head of the Red Army.

Such performances of masculinity don’t appear exclusively on the page. Not long ago, in Baltimore, I saw Hitchens challenge a man—perhaps homeless and a little unglued mentally—who had started walking in step with his wife and a woman friend of hers while Hitchens walked some way ahead. Hitchens dropped back to form a flank between the women and the man, then said, “This is the polite version. Go away.” The man ambled off. Hitchens pressed home the victory. “Go away faster,” he said.

“Wouldn’t it have been easier to cross the road?” Blue asked, innocently.

While still at Oxford, Hitchens wrote his first article for the New Statesman, a left-leaning weekly. Upon graduating and moving to London, he became an occasional contributor, while taking a number of jobs in mainstream journalism, and selling the Socialist Worker on street corners. The New Statesman was enjoying a golden moment: its staff and writers included Amis, Fenton, McEwan, and Julian Barnes, the novelist. The Friday-lunch gatherings of Statesman hot shots and other writers, in which they out-joked each other on matters of sex, literature, and nuclear disarmament, now have the status of literary legend. (The Statesman staff played a game in which the task was to think of the phrase least likely to be uttered by each member. For Hitchens: “I don’t care how rich you are, I’m not coming to your party.” For Amis: “You look a bit depressed, why don’t you sit down and tell me all about it?”)

Romantically, Hitchens described himself as playing second fiddle to an unstoppable Amis: “I’d basically be holding his coat and refilling his glass, and trying to learn from the Master.” In fact, Hitchens’s own appeal was considerable; among the girlfriends he had before his first marriage was Anna Wintour, who is now the editor of Vogue. Hitchens told me, “When I was younger—this will surprise you, seeing now the bloated carcass of the Hitch—I used to get quite a bit of attention from men. And, um. It was sometimes quite difficult, especially when you hadn’t seen it coming. I was considered reasonably pretty, I suppose, between seventeen and twenty-five. I remember noticing when it stopped, and thinking, Oh dear. What? None of these guys want to sleep with me anymore?” Asked about his own activities, he said, “Nobody who’s been to public school can pretend to know nothing of the subject. And even at university there was an epicene interlude. But it wasn’t what I wanted at all.” (In 1999, Alexander Cockburn wrote, “Many’s the time male friends have had to push Hitchens’s mouth, fragrant with martinis, away” during hellos and goodbyes; Hitchens said that he had no memory of “making a bid for the clean-limbed and cupid-lipped Alexander Cockburn.”)

In December, 1973, Hitchens, then twenty-four, published a lead article about Greek politics in the New Statesman. Datelined Athens, it was a serious, rather dry analysis of political developments following the ousting of the dictator George Papadopoulos. It avoided the kind of foreign-crisis writing he abhors. (His parody: “As I stand here pissed and weeping in this burning hell, the body of a child lies like a broken doll in the street.”) Almost the only local color was a glimpse of civil and religious icons on the wall of an Athens police station.

Although the article does not hint at it, there was an awful reason for Hitchens seeing the police-station wall. He told me the story: Not long after Hitchens graduated from Oxford, his mother left his father, and moved in with another man. “He was a charmer, which my father was not. He was witty, burbling, could do music, poetry, but couldn’t make a living. He was a flake, and not always so delicious. He had this dark, depressive side.” In the fall of 1973, a friend called Hitchens one morning in his London apartment to say she’d just read a newspaper article about the death of a Mrs. Hitchens in Athens. Hitchens flew alone to Greece, to learn that, in a suicide pact, his mother had taken an overdose of sleeping pills in a bedroom of the Georges V Hotel, while, in the bathroom, her companion had done the same, and also cut himself severely. “It was a terrible Polanski scene,” Hitchens said.

At the hotel, he said, “I went out of the bathroom to the window and had my first view of the Acropolis. It was a perfect view.” He learned that his mother had tried his number in London many times in the previous days, but he had missed the calls. “Before the days of answering machines,” he said. “If I’d picked up, it could have been enough to stop her, because I usually could make her laugh. That was a bitter reflection.”

Athens was in political turmoil— “this mad, Costa-Gavras world.” Hitchens, whose skills and taste in journalism draw him to penetrating quick studies, sized the city up. “You can learn a lot in a short time when there are tanks in the street,” he said. He wrote the article when he got home. “Everyone said, ‘Christopher, how could you?’ I said, ‘How could I not?’ It was therapeutic to write. No—consoling. Useful.” He added that, in the fifteen years before his father’s death, Hitchens never again discussed with him the death of his mother.

When Turkey invaded Cyprus the following summer, Hitchens realized that he had neglected an important part of the story. Cyprus became a specialty, and, later, the subject of his first book, which described the island as having been betrayed by outside powers; an accusing finger was pointed at Henry Kissinger. Hitchens became a figure in radical Cypriot circles, where he met his first wife, Eleni Meleagrou, whom he used to introduce as “the terrorist.” James Fenton sees Cyprus as decisive in Hitchens’s political development, not only because he had the experience of becoming a “mini-celebrity” but because of his disappointment in the British failure to protect Cyprus during the invasion: in other words, the dishonorable failure of an imperial power to make a military intervention. Hitchens, unlike Fenton and most others on the British left, supported Margaret Thatcher’s gunboat response to the Argentine occupation of the Falkland Islands, in 1982.

By then, Hitchens and Meleagrou had married and moved to America. Hitchens pounded away at Reagan and capital punishment as The Nation’s Washington columnist, and reported for other magazines from the Middle East, Central America, and Eastern Europe. The couple split up in 1989, not long after Hitchens met Carol Blue in Los Angeles. (Meleagrou and their two children, now aged twenty-two and seventeen, live in London.) That winter, Hitchens and Blue flew to Eastern Europe, to be witness to the revolutionary events of the time. It may need to be said: These were events that Hitchens welcomed. In 2001, Peter Hitchens—who has Christopher’s voice exactly, but is a churchgoer who is unpersuaded by Darwin—wrote an article in The Spectator (“O Brother, Where Art Thou?”) that recalled “a Reagan-era discussion about the relative merits and faults of the Western and Soviet systems, during which Christopher said that he didn’t care if the Red Army watered its horses in Hendon,” a London suburb. On the occasion being described, as Christopher later tartly explained to readers of Vanity Fair (in an article entitled “O Brother, Why Art Thou?”), he had been telling a joke. The brothers did not speak for four years. Hitchens said to me, “I’ve spent far more time talking to you than to him in the last twenty-five years.” Peter Hitchens said, “If we weren’t related, I don’t think we’d have much to do with each other,” but he showed a kind of regard for what he sees as the consistency of his brother’s position: “He’s a Trotskyist, really, not in terms of being a Bolshevik revolutionary but in that he is an idealist and he is impressed by military command.” (Peter, too, was once in the International Socialists.)

In a similar dispute, Martin Amis, in “Koba the Dread,” a nonfiction book on Stalin, cast Hitchens as, essentially, an apologist for Soviet Communism. Hitchens was irritated. He had always been “solid” on the subject of the Soviet bloc, he said; he was as much a friend of the opposition there as he was of the opposition in South Africa or in El Salvador. “Everything I’ve thought is on the record,” Hitchens went on. If he had been a Stalinist, “It would show, even if I was trying to conceal it.” Hitchens wrote two barbed responses: one in The Atlantic, and the other in the Guardian, which was headlined “DON’T. BE. SILLY.” He told me, “Martin does not know the fucking difference between Bukharin and Bakunin.” (His friendship with Amis survived this discord.)

In 1989, the Ayatollah Khomeini issued a fatwa against Salman Rushdie, on the ground that his novel “The Satanic Verses” defamed Islam. “There’s a sense in which all this—Christopher’s move—is partly my fault,” Rushdie said. “The fatwa made Christopher feel that radical Islam was not only trying to kill his friend; it was a huge new threat to the kind of world he wanted to live in. And I have the sense he felt there was a liberal failure to get the point of what was happening.” The fatwa split the left. As Ian Buruma put it, “The instinct was, whenever there was any conflict between Third World opinion and the Western metropole, you’d always favor the Third World. Yet here was a case where people were forced to take the opposite view.” For Hitchens, that task was simplified by his contempt for religion.

Hitchens helped arrange a meeting between Rushdie and President Clinton, in 1993. But he had by then taken a position on the President, derived from policy difference and suspicion of Clinton’s character (but also, possibly, from awareness of the gap in political potency between two Oxford contemporaries, one of them being the leader of the free world). Hitchens despised him, and charged him with drug running, rape, and other crimes. He also became one of the loudest critics of Clinton’s bombing of the Al-Shifa pharmaceutical factory in Sudan at the time of the Monica Lewinsky scandal: Clinton had “killed wogs,” he wrote, to save his skin. While Hitchens’s literary and historical writing has allowed for nuanced appraisals, even forgiveness, of morally complex figures—in a 2005 book on Jefferson, for example, Hitchens finds his way past the fact of his slaveowning—the political present elicits prosecutorial zeal.

In 1992, Hitchens had begun a column for Vanity Fair; he was happy to discover that he could vastly increase his income and readership without having to watch his tongue—“a breakthrough for me,” he said. The same year, he went to Bosnia at his own expense; as he called for armed intervention there, three years before the Clinton Administration acted, he found himself endorsing the same petitions as many neoconservatives, including Wolfowitz. In 1999, in an incident that some see as the true start of Hitchens’s political pilgrimage, he told House Judiciary Committee staff members who approached him that Sidney Blumenthal, a longtime friend who was then working in the Clinton White House, had gossiped to Hitchens about Monica Lewinsky being a “stalker.” Blumenthal had testified that he had not made such remarks, so the claim put him at risk of a perjury charge and, potentially, strengthened the impeachment case against Clinton. It was possible to read Hitchens’s action as a gesture of principle, but many who knew him saw it as a vicious act: he was “Snitchens.” “He’d got to that moment in life when he was asking himself if he could Make A Difference,” Alexander Cockburn told me, in an e-mail. “So he sloshed his way across his own personal Rubicon and tried to topple Clinton via a betrayal of his close friendship.”

When I asked Hitchens about this period, he defended his actions but also said, “It seems to me to have happened to somebody else. That’s true of a lot of the fights I took part in before 2001. Seemed like a good idea at the time, but it shrinks incredibly compared to Baghdad and Beirut and New York.”

“That episode did hurt him,” Buruma said. “He lost friends, he felt isolated in Washington, and I think there was a time when he really felt bruised.”

Hitchens’s splenetic Clinton book, “No One Left to Lie To,” was published months after the Blumenthal incident. Verso, his publishing house, threw a party at Pravda, a SoHo restaurant. Colin Robinson recalled, “It’s the only launch party I’ve ever been to where people booed the author.”

The Hitchens-Blue partnership has a grad-school air. It’s hard to see who pays the bills or fills the fridge. Blue can get stuck at the post-shower, towel-wearing stage of the day. (Her husband, with affection: “Darling, you would be so much more convincing if you were dressed.”) Hitchens is not hapless—he meets his many deadlines and catches his many planes—but it’s unsettling to watch him rinse a single spoon for four minutes, or hear the pandemonium over the supply of cigarette lighters. (He has cut back from smoking three packs a day.) He is a late-learning and scary driver. He does not wear a watch, although he looks at his bare left wrist when trying to calculate the time.

One morning during the family’s summer escape to Northern California—they stay in a guesthouse built next to the home of Blue’s parents—Blue and I drove to a local supermarket. She walked the store’s aisles with an air of rock-star puzzlement that may have been heightened for my benefit; she did not want to seem like a housewife. We left with sandwiches, a cherry pie, and two bottles of whiskey, and nothing that looked beyond the horizon of the next meal.

When we returned with our provisions, at about one o’clock, Hitchens, who had been working, was sitting at his desk with a drink. On the walls around him were some color printouts of kittens and puppies sitting in lines. He pointed to a manuscript of “God Is Not Great,” a book that he thinks may have more heft and permanence than anything he has written before, in a career of rapid responses and public lashings. “I have been, in my head, writing it for many years,” he said. “Religion is going to be the big subject until the end of my life. And I wanted to make an intervention.”

Hitchens had already finished the morning period of mail and e-mail he refers to as “telegrams and anger” (a quotation from “Howards End”). He had given his attention that day to the wiretap lawsuit brought by the American Civil Liberties Union against the National Security Agency; in January, he accepted the A.C.L.U.’s invitation to become a named plaintiff, denting his reputation as an Administration cheerleader. He had also begun a review of Ann Coulter’s “Godless: The Church of Liberalism,” for an obscure new British journal. He was not doing it for free, but the gesture was still generous; Hitchens, who is unusually lacking in professional competitiveness, makes himself available to younger writers and editors. He also teaches: he is presently a visiting professor at the New School, and he is supervising the Ph.D. thesis, on Orwell, of Thomas Veale, a U.S. Army major, who calls Hitchens the “only nineteen-thirties liberal in existence.”

Hitchens had started writing an hour or so before, planning on leniency: “I was thinking of hammering her for the first half and being a bit gentle the second.” (He shares Coulter’s disregard for Joseph Wilson, the diplomat.) But he had written a thousand words, and he was not through hammering. “I thought I’d do a thousand words by lunchtime—my usual ambition if I’m doing a short piece,” he said. But he now saw that he could get it all done before eating. “If I can’t fuck up Ann Coulter before lunch then I shouldn’t be in this business,” he said. Not long afterward, he came into the kitchen and handed me the finished review.

We had lunch outside. Hitchens ignored the sandwiches and put his fork in the cherry pie, moving outward from the center. He had a postproduction glow. “Writing is mainly recreational,” he said. “I’m not happy when I’m not doing it.” He can entertain himself in other ways—he strained to remember them—such as “playing with the cats and the daughter. But if I take even a day away from it I’m very uneasy.”

In the past few years, Hitchens has published, in addition to his books on Orwell, Jefferson, and Paine, a book of oppositionist advice entitled “Letters to a Young Contrarian”; a collection of his writings on the Iraq war; and a giant miscellany, “Love, Poverty, and War.” He wrote “God Is Not Great” in four months. He has contributed to dozens of publications (including Golf Digest—he plays the game). He almost never uses the backspace, delete, or cut-and-paste keys. He writes a single draft, at a speed that caused his New Statesman colleagues to place bets on how long it would take him to finish an editorial. What emerges is ready for publication, except for one weakness: he’s not an expert punctuator, which reinforces the notion that he is in the business of transcribing a lecture he can hear himself giving.

Earlier, in answer to a question I hadn’t asked, Blue had said to me, “Once in a while, it seems like he might be drunk. Aside from that, even though he’s obviously an alcoholic, he functions at a really high level and he doesn’t act like a drunk, so the only reason it’s a bad thing is it’s taking out his liver, presumably. It would be a drag for Henry Kissinger to live to a hundred and Christopher to keel over next year.”

Hitchens, too, brought up the subject of alcohol before I did. “You’re going to want to talk about this,” he said, not wrongly, pointing at his glass. (A writer likes a coöperative subject, but it can be dispiriting to make a portrait in the shadow of a gigantic self-portrait.) He was not a “piss artist,” he explained, “someone who can’t get going without a load of beer, who’s a drunk—overconfident and flushed. I can’t bear that.” He went on, “I know what I’m doing with it. And I can time it. It’s a self-medicating thing.” I took his point. Hitchens does drink a very great deal (and said of Mel Gibson’s blood-alcohol level at the time of his recent Malibu arrest—0.12 per cent—“that’s as sober as you’d ever want to be”). But he drinks like a Hemingway character: continually and to no apparent effect.

That evening at the guesthouse, Peter Berkowitz, the Straussian intellectual and Hoover Institution fellow, and Tod Lindberg, the editor of Policy Review, dropped by with family members. The back-yard pool was suddenly full of children. Someone had brought champagne, and Hitchens poured it with exaggerated disapproval. (A few years ago, he claimed that the four most overrated things in life were champagne, lobsters, anal sex, and picnics.) Hitchens went into the house and put on Bob Dylan’s “Tryin’ to Get to Heaven”; he stood in the doorway and sung quietly along. He quoted Philip Larkin on Dylan: a “cawing, derisive voice.” He repeated Larkin’s words a few times, approvingly. His daughter got out of the pool, and said, pleasantly, “Can we close the door, so nobody else has to hear this?”

She went back to her friends. “Look,” Hitchens said happily. “They’re waiting for us to die.”

Hitchens and Blue flew back to Washington just after Labor Day. At the end of that week, in the Madison Hotel, Hitchens sat alongside William Kristol, the editor of the Weekly Standard, and others on a panel convened by the David Horowitz Freedom Center. Robert (Buzz) Patterson, the conservative author and former White House military aide, introduced the event, and was applauded for a passing dig at the A.C.L.U. Hitchens, whose remarks were delivered into a warm hum of approval—“too easy,” he later said—described it as “a pleasure as well as a duty” to kill Islamic terrorists.

Horowitz has often spoken and written about his upbringing by Communist parents. Hitchens’s response, years ago, was to ask, “Who cares about his pathetic family?” But Horowitz holds no grudge, and the two men talked in the bar afterward, with the rapport that comes from being the only people in a ten-block radius who could say they had read all three volumes of Isaac Deutscher’s biography of Leon Trotsky. Horowitz asked about Hitchens’s commitment to his Restoration Weekend, in Palm Beach, later in the year. Hitchens would never apologize for sharing a platform with anyone, but he wanted to know what Horowitz saw in Ann Coulter: Hadn’t he noticed the creationism in “Godless”?

“I didn’t read the Darwin pages,” Horowitz admitted.

“It’s nearly a third of the sodding book!” Hitchens said.

Hitchens had to be up early in the morning, and he began to make his way out. But a friend came up and asked him a favor, leading Hitchens to a group of young Horowitz fans. Hitchens sat down. “You really want to hear the most obscene joke in the world?” he asked them.

An hour later, Hitchens was at home, making a bacon sandwich. I asked him if he had felt a pang of envy when, in 2005, Michael Ignatieff, the author, public intellectual, and longtime U.K. resident, moved back to his native Canada to become a Liberal M.P.—and a likely future leader of his party. Hitchens replied, “Not a pang. A twinge.” When he was a young man, Hitchens was once sounded out about standing for Parliament as a Labour candidate. He took another path, but in subsequent years has occasionally thought of the politician he did not become. And today in Britain the political furniture is arranged as he would like it to be; that is, with opposition to the Iraq intervention heard as loudly on the Conservative side as on the left, and—as he sees it—a Labour Government acting in accordance with the radical, humanist, internationalist idealism of his youth. Earlier this year, Hitchens had a private meeting with Prime Minister Tony Blair.

I asked Hitchens if he would accept a life peerage and a seat in the House of Lords. “It would be fantastically tempting,” he said, showing more eagerness than I’d expected. “I think I couldn’t do it, even though it’s no longer hereditary. I couldn’t quite see the term ‘Lord Hitchens.’ ” He added, with some feeling, “That I never had the right to walk into Parliament is something I’ll always be sorry about.”

This year is the twenty-fifth anniversary of Hitchens’s move to America. Barring a last-minute complication, this will also be the year he becomes a citizen. He began the process not long after the attacks of 2001. The paperwork is done, he has passed the exam, and he was interviewed in June.

I asked if he’d vote in November. “I’ll run in November,” he said. “Don’t rule it out.” He added, “I can’t be President. So we can relax about that.” ♦

Voir également:

Le journaliste et écrivain Christopher Hitchens est mort à 62 ans

Slate.fr

16 décembre 2011

Les lecteurs de Slate.fr le connaissaient pour ses écrits qui ne laissaient personne indifférent, ou presque. Christopher Hitchens est mort à 62 ans ce jeudi 15 décembre au MD Anderson Cancer Center de Houston, dans le Texas.

 Ce journaliste prolifique, figure intellectuelle bien connue du grand public anglo-saxon, et anticonformiste célèbre, a entre autre écrit un best-seller antireligion, Dieu n’est pas grand: comment la religion empoisonne tout.

 Hitchens, un contributeur de Vanity Fair et de The Atlantic, et un chroniqueur régulier de Slate.com (retrouvez ses chroniques traduites sur Slate.fr), avait découvert en juin 2010 qu’il avait un cancer de l’œsophage au stade 4, un diagnostic qui avait forcé l’iconoclaste à restreindre son rythme –il fut un temps soutenu– d’apparitions publiques, mais pas à réduire sa prodigieuse production d’essais, articles, et critiques littéraires jusqu’à ses derniers jours.

 Lors d’une rare apparition dans ses derniers mois, à la convention de l’alliance athéiste d’Amérique, Hitchens avait concédé qu’il n’avait plus beaucoup de temps devant lui, mais dit qu’il ne comptait pasvarrêter de travailler à cause de la détérioration de sa santé: «Je ne vais pas abandonner jusqu’au moment où j’y serai vraiment forcé», avait-il dit, devant une ovation du public.

Hitchens a tenu sa promesse, écrivant des articles pour plusieurs publications pendant ses dernières semaines, sur tout, depuis la politique américaine jusqu’à sa propre mortalité.

En écrivant pour Vanity Fair un article publié quelques jours avant sa mort, Hitchens a réaffirmé qu’il espérait être entièrement conscient et réveillé lors de sa mort, «afin de "voir" la mort dans un sens actif, et non passif», comme il l’avait déjà expliqué à ses lecteurs avant même d’apprendre l’existence de son cancer. «J’essaye, toujours, de nourrir cette petite flamme de curiosité et de défi: prêt à jouer le jeu jusqu’à la fin et espérant qu’on ne m’épargnera rien de ce qui fait partie d’une vie», écrivait-il.

Né à Portsmouth, en Angleterre, en 1949, Hitchens a étudié à Oxford avant de lancer sa carrière journalistique dans les années 1970 avec les magazines International Socialism et le New Statesman.

Au début des années 1980, il a émigré aux Etats-Unis, où il a régulièrement chroniqué pour The Nation pendant vingt ans. Il a quitté le magazine de gauche après s’être fièrement opposé à ses rédacteurs en chef sur la guerre en Irak.

Hitchens a gagné un National Magazine Award pour ses chroniques en 2007, l’année où il est devenu, à 58 ans, citoyen américain. Le site Foreign Policy l’a inclus dans sa liste des 100 figures intellectuelles les plus importantes l’année suivante, et le magazine Forbes dans celle des 25 commentateurs progressistes les plus influents dans les médias américains en 2009, distinction qui a surpris certains étant donné le soutien bruyant d’Hitchens à la «guerre contre la terreur» de George W. Bush.

Il était souvent invité dans des émissions d’information et des débats publics et manquait rarement une occasion de défendre ses positions quand on la lui donnait. Il était l’auteur de pratiquement vingt livres dont certains traduits en français (Dieu n’est pas grand. Comment la religion empoisonne tout, Les Crimes de monsieur Kissinger) et avait récemment publié ses mémoires (Hitch-22: A Memoir) et Arguably, une compilation de ses essais les plus récents.

Hitchens est resté ferme dans sa critique de la religion même quand le pronostic sur sa maladie est devenu sombre. Dans une interview d’août 2010 avec Jeffrey Goldberg, son collègue de The Atlantic, il faisait savoir que, même si d’une manière ou d’une autre, il abjurait son athéisme fervent sur son lit de mort, cette conversion apparente ne serait qu’un geste creux.

«L’entité qui ferait un tel geste pourrait être une personne divagante et terrifiée dont le cancer a gagné le cerveau», expliquait-il. «Je ne peux garantir qu’une telle entité ne fera pas un geste aussi ridicule. Mais ce ne serait pas quelqu’un que l’on pourrait reconnaître comme moi.»

——————————————————————————–

Lire l’article original sur Slate.fr

Liens:

[1] http://www.flickr.com/photos/54613395@N00/404073505/

[2] http://www.facebook.com/SlateFrance

[3] http://www.twitter.com/slatefr

[4] http://slatest.slate.com/posts/2011/12/16/christopher_hitchens_is_dead_iconoclast_and_public_intellectual_passes_away_at_a_houston_hospital_after_battle_with_cancer_.html

[5] http://www.slate.fr/taxonomy/term/7901

[6] http://www.slate.fr/dossier/26813/christopher-hitchens

[7] http://www.slate.fr/dossier/16807/necrologie

[8] http://www.slate.fr/dossier/13255/athéisme

[9] http://www.slate.fr/taxonomy/term/439

[10] http://www.slate.fr/taxonomy/term/241

[11] http://www.slate.fr/printmail/lien/47579/christopher-hitchens-mort

[12] http://www.slate.fr/print/lien/47579/christopher-hitchens-mort

[13] http://www.slate.fr/javascript:

[14] http://www.slate.fr/story/47669/kim-jong-un-bombe-atomique

[15] http://www.slate.fr/story/47357/comment-aider-extraterrestres

[16] http://www.slate.fr/story/47571/areva-la-mutation-invisible

[17] http://www.slate.fr/story/47661/penser-la-france-attali-2012

[18] http://www.slate.fr/lien

[19] http://twitter.com/share?url=http://www.slate.fr/lien/47579/christopher-hitchens-mort&via=slatefr&lang=fr

[20] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47659/president-tcheque-vaclav-havel-mort

[21] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47655/faut-il-garder-les-noms-de-rues-communistes-en-ex-rda

[22] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47653/la-chanteuse-cesaria-evora-est-morte

[23] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47649/clegg-fillon-grande-bretagne-baroin

[24] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47619/pere-noel-personnage-peu-recommandable

[25] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47617/cadeaux-plus-chers-pas-forcement-apprecies

[26] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47603/2012-egypte-pyramide-secret-archeologue-autorisation

[27] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47597/turquie-interdit-etrangers-achat-immobilier-propriete

[28] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47585/rhys-morgan-medicament-miracle

[29] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47579/christopher-hitchens-mort

[30] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47573/kebab-ambassadeur-gastronomie-allemande

[31] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47561/bruits-plus-horribles-du-monde

[32] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47559/fitch-degrade-credit-agricole-credit-mutuel

[33] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47551/devoir-conjugal-justice-divorce

[34] http://www.slate.fr/lien/47549/blackwater-irak-bavure-guerre-mercenaire

[35] http://www.slate.fr/

 Voir aussi:

http://www.nytimes.com/2011/12/16/arts/christopher-hitchens-is-dead-at-62-obituary.html?_r=1&pagewanted=all

Polemicist Who Slashed All, Freely, Dies at 62

William Grimes

The NYT

December 16, 2011

Christopher Hitchens, a slashing polemicist in the tradition of Thomas Paine and George Orwell who trained his sights on targets as various as Henry Kissinger, the British monarchy and Mother Teresa, wrote a best-seller attacking religious belief, and dismayed his former comrades on the left by enthusiastically supporting the American-led war in Iraq, died on Thursday in Houston. He was 62.

The cause was pneumonia, a complication of esophageal cancer, Vanity Fair magazine said in announcing the death, at the M. D. Anderson Cancer Center. Mr. Hitchens, who lived in Washington, learned he had cancer while on a publicity tour in 2010 for his memoir, “Hitch-22,” and began writing and, on television, speaking about his illness frequently.

“In whatever kind of a ‘race’ life may be, I have very abruptly become a finalist,” Mr. Hitchens wrote in Vanity Fair, for which he was a contributing editor.

He took pains to emphasize that he had not revised his position on atheism, articulated in his best-selling 2007 book, “God Is Not Great: How Religion Poisons Everything,” although he did express amused appreciation at the hope, among some concerned Christians, that he might undergo a late-life conversion.

He also professed to have no regrets for a lifetime of heavy smoking and drinking. “Writing is what’s important to me, and anything that helps me do that — or enhances and prolongs and deepens and sometimes intensifies argument and conversation — is worth it to me,” he told Charlie Rose in a television interview in 2010, adding that it was “impossible for me to imagine having my life without going to those parties, without having those late nights, without that second bottle.”

Armed with a quick wit and a keen appetite for combat, Mr. Hitchens was in constant demand as a speaker on television, radio and the debating platform, where he held forth in a sonorous, plummily accented voice that seemed at odds with his disheveled appearance. He was a master of the extended peroration, peppered with literary allusions, and of the bright, off-the-cuff remark.

In 2007, when the interviewer Sean Hannity tried to make the case for an all-seeing God, Mr. Hitchens dismissed the idea with contempt. “It would be like living in North Korea,” he said.

Mr. Hitchens, a British Trotskyite who had lost faith in the Socialist movement, spent much of his life wandering the globe and reporting on the world’s trouble spots for The Nation magazine, the British newsmagazine The New Statesman and other publications.

His work took him to Northern Ireland, Greece, Cyprus, Portugal, Spain and Argentina in the 1970s, generally to shine a light on the evil practices of entrenched dictators or the imperial machinations of the great powers.

After moving to the United States in 1981, he added American politics to his beat, writing a biweekly Minority Report for The Nation. He wrote a monthly review-essay for The Atlantic and, as a carte-blanche columnist at Vanity Fair, filed essays on topics as various as getting a Brazilian bikini wax and the experience of being waterboarded, a volunteer assignment that he called “very much more frightening though less painful than the bikini wax.” He was also a columnist for the online magazine Slate.

His support for the Iraq war sprang from a growing conviction that radical elements in the Islamic world posed a mortal danger to Western principles of political liberty and freedom of conscience. The first stirrings of that view came in 1989 with the Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini’s fatwah against the novelist Salman Rushdie for his supposedly blasphemous words in “The Satanic Verses.” To Mr. Hitchens, the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, confirmed the threat.

In a political shift that shocked many of his friends and readers, he cut his ties to The Nation and became an outspoken advocate of the American-led invasion of Iraq in 2003 and a ferocious critic of what he called “Islamofascism.” Although he denied coining the word, he popularized it.

He remained unapologetic about the war. In 2006 he told the British newspaper The Guardian: “There are a lot of people who will not be happy, it seems to me, until I am compelled to write a letter to these comrades in Iraq and say: ‘Look, guys, it’s been real, but I’m going to have to drop you now. The political cost to me is just too high.’ Do I see myself doing this? No, I do not!”

Christopher Eric Hitchens was born on April 13, 1949, in Portsmouth, England. His father was a career officer in the Royal Navy and later earned a modest living as a bookkeeper.

Though it strained the family budget, Christopher was sent to private schools in Tavistock and Cambridge, at the insistence of his mother. “If there is going to be an upper class in this country, then Christopher is going to be in it,” he overheard his mother saying to his father, clinching a spirited argument.

He was politically attuned even as a 7-year-old. “I was precocious enough to watch the news and read the papers, and I can remember October 1956, the simultaneous crisis in Hungary and Suez, very well,” he told the magazine The Progressive in 1997. “And getting a sense that the world was dangerous, a sense that the game was up, that the Empire was over.”

Even before arriving at Balliol College, Oxford, Mr. Hitchens had been drawn into left-wing politics, primarily out of opposition to the Vietnam War. After heckling a Maoist speaker at a political meeting, he was invited to join the International Socialists, a Trotskyite party. Thus began a dual career as political agitator and upper-crust sybarite. He arranged a packed schedule of antiwar demonstrations by day and Champagne-flooded parties with Oxford’s elite at night. Spare time was devoted to the study of philosophy, politics and economics.

After graduating from Oxford in 1970, he spent a year traveling across the United States. He then tried his luck as a journalist in London, where he contributed reviews, columns and editorials to The New Statesman, The Daily Express and The Evening Standard.

“I would do my day jobs at various mainstream papers and magazines and TV stations, where my title was ‘Christopher Hitchens,’ ” he wrote in “Hitch-22,” “and then sneak down to the East End, where I was variously features editor of Socialist Worker and book review editor of the theoretical monthly International Socialism.”

He became a staff writer and editor for The New Statesman in the late 1970s and fell in with a literary clique that included Martin Amis, Julian Barnes, James Fenton, Clive James and Ian McEwan. The group liked to play a game in which members came up with the sentence least likely to be uttered by one of their number. Mr. Hitchens’s was “I don’t care how rich you are, I’m not coming to your party.”

After collaborating on a 1976 biography of James Callaghan, the Labour leader, he published his first book, “Cyprus,” in 1984 to commemorate Turkey’s invasion of Cyprus a decade earlier. A longer version was published in 1989 as “Hostage to History: Cyprus From the Ottomans to Kissinger.”

His interest in the region led to another book, “Imperial Spoils: The Curious Case of the Elgin Marbles” (1987), in which he argued that Britain should return the Elgin marbles to Greece.

In 1981 he married a Greek Cypriot, Eleni Meleagrou. The marriage ended in divorce. He is survived by their two children, Alexander and Sophia; his wife, Carol Blue, and their daughter, Antonia; and his brother, Peter.

Mr. Hitchens’s reporting on Greece came through unusual circumstances. He was summoned to Athens in 1973 because his mother, after leaving his father, had committed suicide there with her new partner. After his father’s death in 1987, he learned that his mother was Jewish, a fact she had concealed from her husband and her children.

After moving to the United States, where he eventually became a citizen, Mr. Hitchens became a fixture on television, in print and at the lectern. Many of his essays for The Nation and other magazines were collected in “Prepared for the Worst” (1988).

He also threw himself into the defense of his friend Mr. Rushdie. “It was, if I can phrase it like this, a matter of everything I hated versus everything I loved,” he wrote in his memoir. “In the hate column: dictatorship, religion, stupidity, demagogy, censorship, bullying and intimidation. In the love column: literature, irony, humor, the individual and the defense of free expression.”

To help rally public support, Mr. Hitchens arranged for Mr. Rushdie to be received at the White House by President Bill Clinton, one of Mr. Hitchens’s least favorite politicians and the subject of his book “No One Left to Lie To: The Triangulations of William Jefferson Clinton” (1999).

He regarded the response of left-wing intellectuals to Mr. Rushdie’s predicament as feeble, and he soon began to question many of his cherished political assumptions. He had already broken with the International Socialists when, in 1982, he astonished some of his brethren by supporting Britain’s invasion of the Falkland Islands.

The drift was reflected in books devoted to heroes like George Orwell (“Why Orwell Matters,” 2002), Thomas Paine (“Thomas Paine’s ‘Rights of Man’: A Biography,” 2006) and Thomas Jefferson (“Thomas Jefferson: Author of America,” 2005).

His polemical urges found other outlets. In 2001 he excoriated Mr. Kissinger, the secretary of state in the Nixon administration, as a war criminal in the book “The Trial of Henry Kissinger.” He helped write a 2002 documentary film by the same title based on the book.

Mr. Hitchens became a campaigner against religious belief, most notably in his screed against Mother Teresa, “The Missionary Position: Mother Teresa in Theory and Practice” (1995), and “God Is Not Great.” He regarded Mother Teresa as a proselytizer for a retrograde version of Roman Catholicism rather than as a saintly charity worker.

“I don’t quite see Christopher as a ‘man of action,’ ” the writer Ian Buruma told The New Yorker in 2006, “but he’s always looking for the defining moment — as it were, our Spanish Civil War, where you put yourself on the right side, and stand up to the enemy.”

One stand distressed many of his friends. In 1999, Sidney Blumenthal, an aide to Mr. Clinton and a friend of Mr. Hitchens’s, testified before a grand jury that he was not the source of damaging comments made to reporters about Monica Lewinsky, whose supposed affair with the president was under investigation by the House of Representatives.

Contacted by House investigators, Mr. Hitchens supplied information in an affidavit that, in effect, accused Mr. Blumenthal of perjury and put him in danger of being indicted.

At a lunch in 1998, Mr. Hitchens wrote, Mr. Blumenthal had characterized Ms. Lewinsky as “a stalker” and said the president was the victim of a predatory and unstable woman. Overnight, Mr. Hitchens — now called “Hitch the Snitch” by Blumenthal partisans — became persona non grata in living rooms all over Washington. In a review of “Hitch-22” in The New York Review of Books, Mr. Buruma criticized Mr. Hitchens for making politics personal.

To Mr. Hitchens, he wrote, “politics is essentially a matter of character.”

“Politicians do bad things,” Mr. Buruma continued, “because they are bad men. The idea that good men can do terrible things (even for good reasons), and bad men good things, does not enter into this particular moral universe.” Mr. Hitchens’s latest collection of writings, “Arguably: Essays,” published this year, has been a best-seller and ranked among the top 10 books of 2011 by The New York Times Book Review.

Mr. Hitchens discussed the possibility of a deathbed conversion, insisting that the odds were slim that he would admit the existence of God.

“The entity making such a remark might be a raving, terrified person whose cancer has spread to the brain,” he told The Atlantic in August 2010. “I can’t guarantee that such an entity wouldn’t make such a ridiculous remark, but no one recognizable as myself would ever make such a remark.”

Readers of “Hitch-22” already knew his feelings about the end. “I personally want to ‘do’ death in the active and not the passive,” he wrote, “and to be there to look it in the eye and be doing something when it comes for me.”

Voir enfin:

The Rat That Roared

Christopher Hitchens

The Wall Street Journal

February 6, 2003

To say that the history of human emancipation would be incomplete without the French would be to commit a fatal understatement. The Encyclopedists, the proclaimers of Les Droits de l’Homme, the generous ally of the American revolution . . . the spark of 1789 and 1848 and 1871, can be found all the way from the first political measure to abolish slavery, through Victor Hugo and Emile Zola, to the gallantry of Jean Moulin and the maquis resistance. French ideas and French heroes have animated the struggle for liberty throughout modern times.

There is of course another France — the France of Petain and Poujade and Vichy and of the filthy colonial tactics pursued in Algeria and Indochina. Sometimes the U.S. has been in excellent harmony with the first France — as when Thomas Paine was given the key of the Bastille to bring to Washington, and as when Lafayette and Rochambeau made France the « oldest ally. » Sometimes American policy has been inferior to that of many French people — one might instance Roosevelt’s detestation of de Gaulle. The Eisenhower-Dulles administration encouraged the French in a course of folly in Vietnam, and went so far as to inherit it. Kennedy showed a guarded sympathy for Algerian independence, at a time when France was too arrogant to listen to his advice. So it goes. Lord Palmerston was probably right when he said that a nation can have no permanent allies, only permanent interests. It is not to be expected that any proud, historic country can be automatically counted « in. »

However, the conduct of Jacques Chirac can hardly be analyzed in these terms. Here is a man who had to run for re-election last year in order to preserve his immunity from prosecution, on charges of corruption that were grave. Here is a man who helped Saddam Hussein build a nuclear reactor and who knew very well what he wanted it for. Here is a man at the head of France who is, in effect, openly for sale. He puts me in mind of the banker in Flaubert’s « L’Education Sentimentale »: a man so habituated to corruption that he would happily pay for the pleasure of selling himself.

Here, also, is a positive monster of conceit. He and his foreign minister, Dominique de Villepin, have unctuously said that « force is always the last resort. » Vraiment? This was not the view of the French establishment when troops were sent to Rwanda to try and rescue the client-regime that had just unleashed ethnocide against the Tutsi. It is not, one presumes, the view of the French generals who currently treat the people and nation of Cote d’Ivoire as their fief. It was not the view of those who ordered the destruction of an unarmed ship, the Rainbow Warrior, as it lay at anchor in a New Zealand harbor after protesting the French official practice of conducting atmospheric nuclear tests in the Pacific. (I am aware that some of these outrages were conducted when the French Socialist Party was in power, but in no case did Mr. Chirac express anything other than patriotic enthusiasm. If there is a truly « unilateralist » government on the Security Council, it is France.)

We are all aware of the fact that French companies and the French state are owed immense sums of money by Saddam Hussein. We all very much hope that no private gifts to any French political figures have been made by the Iraqi Baath Party, even though such scruple on either side would be anomalous to say the very least. Is it possible that there is any more to it than that? The future government in Baghdad may very well not consider itself responsible for paying Saddam’s debts. Does this alone condition the Chirac response to a fin de regime in Iraq?

Alas, no. Recent days brought tidings of an official invitation to Paris, for Robert Mugabe. The President-for-life of Zimbabwe may have many charms, but spare cash is not among them. His treasury is as empty as the stomachs of his people. No, when the plumed parade brings Mugabe up the Champs Elysees, the only satisfaction for Mr. Chirac will be the sound of a petty slap in the face to Tony Blair, who has recently tried to abridge Mugabe’s freedom to travel. Thus we are forced to think that French diplomacy, as well as being for sale or for hire, is chiefly preoccupied with extracting advantage and prestige from the difficulties of its allies.

This can and should be distinguished from the policy of Germany. Berlin does not have a neutralist constitution, like Japan or Switzerland. But it has a strong presumption against military intervention outside its own border and Herr Schroeder, however cheaply he plays this card, is still playing a hand one may respect. One does not find German statesmen positively encouraging the delinquents of the globe, in order to reap opportunist advantages and to excite local chauvinism.

Mr. Chirac’s party is « Gaullist. » Charles de Gaulle had a colossal ego, but he felt himself compelled at a crucial moment to represent une certaine idee de la France, at a time when that nation had been betrayed into serfdom and shame by its political and military establishment. He was later adroit in extracting his country from its vicious policy in North Africa, and gave good advice to the U.S. about avoiding the same blunder in Indochina. His concern for French glory and tradition sometimes led him into error, as with his bombastic statements about « Quebec libre. » But — and this is disclosed in a fine study of the man, « A Demain de Gaulle, » by the former French leftist Regis Debray — he always refused to take seriously the claims of the Soviet Union to own Poland and Hungary and the Czech lands and Eastern Germany. He didn’t believe it would or could last: He had a sense of history.

To the permanent interests of France, he insisted on attaching une certain idee de la liberte as well. He would have nodded approvingly at Vaclav Havel’s statement — his last as Czech president — speaking boldly about the rights of the people of Iraq. And one likes to think that he would have had a fine contempt for his pygmy successor, the vain and posturing and venal man who, attempting to act the part of a balding Joan of Arc in drag, is making France into the abject procurer for Saddam. This is a case of the rat that tried to roar.


Printemps arabe: C’est encore la faute à Bush (Bush Doctrine: OK For Libya But Not Iraq?)

6 mars, 2011

 

IBD cartoonSometimes decades pass and nothing happens; and then sometimes weeks pass and decades happen. Lenin
I think the Obama administration’s "reset" outreach to countries like Iran and Syria is moribund — as it should be. Oppressed peoples in nightmarish states do not care to hear of our efforts to reach out to their oppressors, multiculturalism or no multiculturalism. Victor Davis Hanson
The uprisings may not all end happily. As history has shown time and again — notably in Iran in 1979 — minorities that are organized and willing to use violence can establish reigns of terror over unorganized or passive majorities. Whatever ensues, however, the Arab risings have revealed that Iran’s revolutionary ideology has not only been rendered bankrupt at home, but it has also lost the war of ideas among its neighbors. Karim Sadjapour
Now that revolutions are sweeping the Middle East and everyone is a convert to George W. Bush’s freedom agenda, it’s not just Iraq that has slid into the memory hole. Also forgotten is the once proudly proclaimed "realism" of Years One and Two of President Obama’s foreign policy – the "smart power" antidote to Bush’s alleged misty-eyed idealism. (…) Now that revolution has spread from Tunisia to Oman, however, the administration is rushing to keep up with the new dispensation, repeating the fundamental tenet of the Bush Doctrine that Arabs are no exception to the universal thirst for dignity and freedom. Charles Krauthammer
En ce printemps arabe où, ironie de l’histoire, tout le monde semble s’être brusquement converti à la doctrine Bush dénoncée jusque là par tous …

Et où, pendant que le chef de file supposé du Monde libre semble de plus en plus dépassé par les évènements et que les joyeux membres du Conseil des droits de l’homme du Machin (Arabie saoudite, Cuba et Chine en tête) se décide enfin à suspendre leur compère libyen, ceux qui, à l’instar des mollahs iraniens, poussent le plus le feu de la contestation pourraient un jour voir celle-ci se retourner contre eux …

Retour, avec le célèbre commentateur du Washington Post Charles Krauthammer, sur l’ironie supplémentaire de ceux qui, pour un Khadafi au bilan et à l’armement bien moins dangereux qu’un Saddam, appellent à une intervention américaine qu’ils refusaient pour le boucher de Bagdad.

 

Et, derrière l’oubli de la 1ère révolution irakienne et de la doctine Bush sans lesquels l’actuel printemps arabe ne serait pas, celui de la fameuse doctrine du réalisme intelligent de la première année de son successeur …

Charles Krauthammer
The Washington Post

March 4, 2011

Voices around the world, from Europe to America to Libya, are calling for U.S. intervention to help bring down Moammar Gaddafi. Yet for bringing down Saddam Hussein, the United States has been denounced variously for aggression, deception, arrogance and imperialism.

A strange moral inversion, considering that Hussein’s evil was an order of magnitude beyond Gaddafi’s. Gaddafi is a capricious killer; Hussein was systematic. Gaddafi was too unstable and crazy to begin to match the Baathist apparatus: a comprehensive national system of terror, torture and mass murder, gassing entire villages to create what author Kanan Makiya called a "Republic of Fear."

Moreover, that systemized brutality made Hussein immovable in a way that Gaddafi is not. Barely armed Libyans have already seized half the country on their own. Yet in Iraq, there was no chance of putting an end to the regime without the terrible swift sword (it took all of three weeks) of the United States.

No matter the hypocritical double standard. Now that revolutions are sweeping the Middle East and everyone is a convert to George W. Bush’s freedom agenda, it’s not just Iraq that has slid into the memory hole. Also forgotten is the once proudly proclaimed "realism" of Years One and Two of President Obama’s foreign policy – the "smart power" antidote to Bush’s alleged misty-eyed idealism.

It began on Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s first Asia trip, when she publicly played down human rights concerns in China. The administration also cut aid for democracy promotion in Egypt by 50 percent. And cut civil society funds – money for precisely the organizations we now need to help Egyptian democracy – by 70 percent.

This new realism reached its apogee with Obama’s reticence and tardiness in saying anything in support of the 2009 Green Revolution in Iran. On the contrary, Obama made clear that nuclear negotiations with the discredited and murderous regime (talks that a child could see would go nowhere) took precedence over the democratic revolutionaries in the street – to the point where demonstrators in Tehran chanted, "Obama, Obama, you are either with us or with them."

Now that revolution has spread from Tunisia to Oman, however, the administration is rushing to keep up with the new dispensation, repeating the fundamental tenet of the Bush Doctrine that Arabs are no exception to the universal thirst for dignity and freedom.

Iraq, of course, required a sustained U.S. military engagement to push back totalitarian forces trying to extinguish the new Iraq. But is this not what we are being asked to do with a no-fly zone over Libya? In conditions of active civil war, taking command of Libyan airspace requires a sustained military engagement.

Now, it can be argued that the price in blood and treasure that America paid to establish Iraq’s democracy was too high. But whatever side you take on that question, what’s unmistakable is that to the Middle Easterner, Iraq today is the only functioning Arab democracy, with multiparty elections and the freest press. Its democracy is fragile and imperfect – last week, security forces cracked down on demonstrators demanding better services – but were Egypt to be as politically developed in, say, a year as is Iraq today, we would think it a great success.

For Libyans, the effect of the Iraq war is even more concrete. However much bloodshed they face, they have been spared the threat of genocide. Gaddafi was so terrified by what we did to Saddam & Sons that he plea-bargained away his weapons of mass destruction. For a rebel in Benghazi, that is no small matter.

Yet we have been told incessantly how Iraq poisoned the Arab mind against America. Really? Where is the rampant anti-Americanism in any of these revolutions? In fact, notes Middle East scholar Daniel Pipes, the United States has been "conspicuously absent from the sloganeering."

It’s Yemen’s president and the delusional Gaddafi who are railing against American conspiracies to rule and enslave. The demonstrators in the streets of Egypt, Iran and Libya have been straining their eyes for America to help. They are not chanting the antiwar slogans – remember "No blood for oil"? – of the American left. Why would they? America is leaving Iraq having taken no oil, having established no permanent bases, having left behind not a puppet regime but a functioning democracy. This, after Iraq’s purple-fingered exercises in free elections seen on television everywhere set an example for the entire region.

Facebook and Twitter have surely mediated this pan-Arab (and Iranian) reach for dignity and freedom. But the Bush Doctrine set the premise.

Voir aussi:

Arabs Rise, Tehran Trembles

Karim Sadjapour

The NYT

March 5, 2011

In "Garden of the Brave in War," his classic memoir of life on a pomegranate farm in 1960s Iran, the American writer Terence O’Donnell recounts how his illiterate house servant, Mamdali, would wake him every morning with a loud knock on the door and a simple question: "Are you an Arab or an Iranian?"

"If I was naked," O’Donnell explained, "I would answer that I’m an Arab and he would wait outside the door, whereas if I was clothed I would reply that I was an Iranian and he would come in with the coffee." This joke went hand in hand, O’Donnell wrote, with an age-old chauvinism that depicted the Persians’ Arab neighbors as "uncivilized people who went about unclothed and ate lizards."

The Islamist victors of the 1979 Iranian revolution intended to change things, to replace the shah’s haughty Persian nationalism with an Arab-friendly, pan-Islamic ideology. Yet Tehran’s official reaction to the 2011 Arab awakening shows that, at the heart of the Islamic Republic of Iran’s Middle East strategy, there lays a veiled contempt for Arab intelligence, autonomy and prosperity.

What many young Iranians see as a familiar struggle for justice, economic dignity and freedom from dictatorial rule, Iranian officialdom has struggled to spin as a belated Arab attempt to emulate the Islamic revolution and join Tehran in its battle against America and Israel.

The delusions of the Iranian regime are partly attributable to a generation gap. Tehran’s ruling elite continue to cling to the antiquated ideology of Ayatollah Ruhollah Khomeini, whose worldview was formed by decades of imperial transgressions in Iran. The demographic boom in the Middle East, however, has brought a wave of young Arabs and Iranians who associate subjugation and injustice not with colonial or imperial powers, but with their own governments.

Until now, Iran’s interests have been served by the Arab status quo: frustrated populations ruled over by emasculated regimes incapable of checking Israel, and easily dismissed as American co-dependents. A conversation I once had with a senior Iranian diplomat is instructive.

He complained, justifiably, about Washington’s excessive focus on military power to solve political problems. I posed a simple hypothetical: What if, instead of having spent several billion dollars financing Hezbollah, Hamas and Islamic Jihad over the past three decades, Iran had spent that money educating tens of thousands of Palestinians and Lebanese Shiites to become doctors, professors and lawyers? Wouldn’t those communities now be much better off and in a much stronger position to assert their rights vis-à-vis Israel?

"What good would that have done for Iran?" he responded candidly. (He himself had a doctorate from a British university.) "Do you think if we sent them abroad to study they would return to southern Lebanon and Gaza to fight Israel? Of course not; they would have remained doctors, lawyers and professors."

Iran, in essence, understands that it can inspire and champion the region’s downtrodden and dispossessed, but not the upwardly mobile. Its strategy to dominate the Middle East hinges less on building nuclear weapons than on the twin pillars of oil and alienation.

Iranian petrodollars are used to finance radicals — Khaled Meshaal in Syria, Hassan Nasrallah in Lebanon and Moktada al-Sadr in Iraq, to name a few — who feed off popular humiliation. As an Arab Shiite friend once complained to me, "Iran wants to fight America and Israel down to the last Palestinian, Lebanese and Iraqi."

At first glance, the fall of Western-oriented Arab governments may appear to be a blow to Washington and a boon for Tehran. The seeming consensus among Western analysts and pundits — that Iran will fill the Middle East power vacuum — is short-sighted.

While the relationship between Egypt and Iran — the regions two oldest and most populous nations — will likely improve, the competition between them will likely intensify.

Tehran’s ascent in the Arab world over the last decade has been partly attributable to Cairo’s decline. The potential re-emergence of a proud, assertive Egypt will undermine Shiite Persian Iran’s ambitions to be the vanguard of the largely Sunni Arab Middle East. Indeed, if Egypt can create a democratic model that combines political tolerance, economic prosperity and adept diplomacy, Iran’s model of intolerance, economic malaise and confrontation will hold little appeal in the Arab world.

Renewed Iranian influence in places like Bahrain and Yemen may also prove self-limiting. As we have seen in Iraq, familiarity with Iranian officialdom often breeds contempt. Polls have shown that even a sizable majority of Iraq’s Shiites resent the meddling in their affairs by their co-religionists from Iran. "The harder they push," said Ryan Crocker, a former United States ambassador to Iraq, "the more resistance they get."

Elsewhere in the Arab world, Iranian proxies like Hezbollah will increasingly find themselves in the awkward position of being a resistance group purportedly fighting injustice while simultaneously cashing checks from a patron that is brutally suppressing justice at home.

The Arab uprisings of 2011 will also, of course, have their effect on Iran internally. Iranian democracy advocates have long taken solace in the belief that they were ahead of their Arab neighbors, who would one day too have to undergo the intolerance and heartaches of Islamist rule. The largely secular nature of the uprisings in Egypt and Tunisia have bruised the Iranian ego: were they the only ones naïve enough to succumb to the false promise of an Islamic utopia?

It has been said about authoritarian regimes that while they rule their collapse appears inconceivable, but after they’ve fallen their demise appears to have been inevitable. In the short term Tehran’s oil largesse and religious pretensions have seemingly created for it deeper, if not wider, popular support than many Arab regimes.

But the regime’s curiously heavy-handed response to resilient pro-democracy protests — including the recent disappearance of opposition leaders Mir Hussein Mousavi and Mehdi Karroubi — betrays its anxiety about the 21st-century viability of an economically floundering, gender-apartheid state led by a "supreme leader" who purports to be the prophet’s representative on Earth.

Tehran publicly cheered the fall of Egyptian and Tunisian regimes undone by corruption, economic stagnation and repression. Do its rulers not know that Iran — according to Transparency International, Freedom House and the World Bank — ranks worse than Tunisia and Egypt in all three categories?

A saying often attributed to Lenin best captures the sorts of tectonic shifts taking place in today’s Middle East. "Sometimes decades pass and nothing happens; and then sometimes weeks pass and decades happen."

The uprisings may not all end happily. As history has shown time and again — notably in Iran in 1979 — minorities that are organized and willing to use violence can establish reigns of terror over unorganized or passive majorities. Whatever ensues, however, the Arab risings have revealed that Iran’s revolutionary ideology has not only been rendered bankrupt at home, but it has also lost the war of ideas among its neighbors.

Karim Sadjadpour is an associate at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace.


Printemps arabe: Et si, loin de l’éliminer, la démocratie radicalisait l’islamisme? (Far from eliminating radicalization, Western values can actually exacerbate Islamist tendencies)

1 mars, 2011
 Au bout du compte, idéologies de l’individu comme idéologies collectivistes se sont soldées par l’échec. C’est maintenant à l’islam, à l’Umma de jouer leur rôle, en la plus critique des heures, quand règnent le trouble et la confusion (…). Le temps de l’islam est venu, lui qui ne renie pas les inventions matérielles en ce monde, car il les considère comme la première fonction de l’homme depuis que Dieu a accordé à celui-ci sa lieutenance sur la terre comme un moyen – sous certaines conditions – d’adorer Dieu et de réaliser les buts de l’existence humaine. Or, l’islam ne peut jouer son rôle que s’il s’incarne dans une société, dans une Umma (…). L’humanité ne prête pas l’oreille, ces temps-ci en particulier, à une croyance abstraite dont elle ne puisse constater la corroboration par des faits tangibles : or l’Umma, croit-on, a vu son existence s’éteindre depuis de nombreux siècles. Mais l’Umma n’est pas une terre sur laquelle vit l’islam, pas plus qu’une patrie dont les aïeux auraient vécu à telle époque selon un mode islamique (…). L’Umma musulmane est une collectivité (jama’a) de gens dont la vie tout entière, dans ses aspects intellectuels, sociaux, existentiels, politiques, moraux et pratiques, procède de l’éthique (…) islamique. Cette Umma, ainsi caractérisée, a cessé d’exister depuis que l’on ne gouverne plus nulle part sur terre selon la loi de Dieu. Sayyid Qutb
Aussi le mouvement de la lutte musulmane est-il une guerre défensive : défense de l’homme contre tous ceux qui aliènent sa liberté et bloquent sa libération, jusqu’à que soit instauré sur le genre humain le royaume de la Loi sacrée. Sayyid Qutb
If this is the West’s version of freedom, and their peace policy, we have our own policies in freedom and it is war until … the infidels leave defeated. Aldawsari (08.04.10)
Nous n’avons absolument rien à faire en Afghanistan, le plus tôt nous sortirons de là-bas, le mieux ce sera. Laurent Fabius (27.02.11, FR2)
Sayyid Qutb came to the United States from Egypt in 1948 to study English and went home appalled by the materialism and gross sensuality of American culture; he became a key ideologist in the development of Islamism.Gary Rosen
We generally understand "radical Islam" as a purely Islamic phenomenon, but Buruma and Margalit show that while the Islamic part of radical Islam certainly is, the radical part owes a primary debt of inheritance to the West. Whatever else they are, al Qaeda and its ilk are revolutionary anti-Western political movements, and Buruma and Margalit show us that the bogeyman of the West who stalks their thinking is the same one who has haunted the thoughts of many other revolutionary groups, going back to the early nineteenth century. In this genealogy of the components of the anti-Western worldview, the same oppositions appear again and again: the heroic revolutionary versus the timid, soft bourgeois; the rootless, deracinated cosmopolitan living in the Western city, cut off from the roots of a spiritually healthy society; the sterile Western mind, all reason and no soul; the machine society, controlled from the center by a cabal of insiders, often jews, pulling the hidden levers of power versus an organically knit-together one, a society of "blood and soil." The anti-Western virus has found a ready host in the Islamic world for a number of legitimate reasons, they argue, but in no way does that make it an exclusively Islamic matter. The Economist
It’s not enough to be against, or to bring down, a hated regime. It’s not even enough to be for something, at least in the sense in which the Arab world now seeks a freer and more representative political dispensation. What’s required is the statesmanship that can give concrete form to a hazy political dream. It would be nice to believe that this kind of statesmanship will emerge unbidden from decent quarters, which probably explains the fascination with Egyptian Google exec Wael Ghonim. But the perennial political problem is that good people usually lack political ambition. They cede the field to charlatans, romantics and jackals. Bret Stephens
Will Egypt see that its real enemies since the deposition of King Farouk in 1952 have always been poverty, ignorance, repression, failing prospects for its youth, and a shameful record in human rights? Or will it slip back into fervent nationalism, religious zealotry, and anti-Semitism and in the process find itself saddled with an army man eager to re-energize his country by demonizing the usual Israeli suspect? The opening of the Suez Canal to two Iranian warships does not bode well. Neither does radical Sheikh Yusuf al-Qaradawi’s ability to draw over a million Egyptians to hear him preach in Tahrir Square. Nor does last week’s attack by the army on a Coptic monastery, or the brutal sexual assault on CBS News correspondent Lara Logan during the massive celebration of Mr. Mubarak’s ouster. As a crowd of 200 men attacked her, it was widely reported that they screamed "Jew,Jew, Jew." (Ms. Logan is not Jewish.) Andre Aciman
Paradoxically, a more democratic Iraq may also be a more repressive one; it may well be that a majority of Iraqis favor more curbs on professional women and on religious minorities. . . . Women did relatively well under Saddam Hussein. . . . Iraq won’t follow the theocratic model of Iran, but it could end up as Iran Lite: an Islamic state, but ruled by politicians rather than ayatollahs. I get the sense that’s the system many Iraqis seek. . . . We may just have to get used to the idea that we have been midwives to growing Islamic fundamentalism in Iraq. Nicholas Kristof (The New York Times, June 24, 2003)
If American Muslims, who enjoy Western benefits — including democracy, liberty, prosperity, and freedom of expression — are still being radicalized, why then do we insist that the importation of those same Western benefits to the Muslim world will eliminate its even more indigenous or authentic form of "radicalization"? (…) here are American Muslims, immersed in the bounties of the West — and still do they turn to violent jihad. Why think their counterparts, who are born and raised in the Muslim world, where Islam permeates every aspect of life, will respond differently?
In fact, far from eliminating radicalization, there is reason to believe that Western values can actually exacerbate Islamist tendencies. It is already known that Western concessions to Islam — in the guise of multiculturalism, "cultural sensitivity," political correctness, and self-censorship — only bring out the worst in Islamists. Yet even some of the most prized aspects of Western civilization — personal freedom, rule of law, human dignity — when articulated through an Islamist framework, have the capacity to "radicalize" Muslims. (…) Western notions of autonomy and personal freedom have even helped "Westernize" the notion of jihad into an individual duty, though it has traditionally been held by sharia as a communal duty. Nor should any of this be surprising: a set of noble principles articulated through a fascistic paradigm can produce abominations. ‘…) just as a stress on human freedom, human dignity, and universal justice produces good humans, rearticulating these same concepts through an Islamist framework that qualifies them with the word "Muslim" — Muslim freedom, Muslim dignity, and Muslim justice — leads to what is being called "radicalization." Raymond Ibrahim
America needs to stop praising democracy — a means — and start supporting freedom and universal rights — the desired end. If that end can best be achieved by, say, a "philosopher-king," as opposed to popular support, so be it; if that end can be achieved by supporting secularists while "undemocratically" suppressing Islamists, so be it. Rather than offer lip service to any specific mode of governance, the US should support whoever and whatever form of government is best positioned to provide the boons regularly conflated with democracy. Raymond Ibrahim

Pourquoi la démocratie qui radicalise un Nidal Malik Hasan ou un Aldawsari au Texas ne radicaliserait pas leurs coreligionnaires au Caire ou à Tunis ?   

A l’heure où la menace terroriste n’a jamais été aussi élevée au sein même de nos sociétés occidentales …

Et où, au nom de la liberté d’expression, la plus haute institution éducative française se voit condamnée pour avoir refusé de cautionner l’appel au boycott de la première démocratie du Moyen-Orient …

Pendant que le prétendu chef de file du Monde libre navigue à  vue et que, sous prétexte de printemps arabe et sans compter l’annonce de sa capitulation préventive sur le front afghan par la probable future équipe à la tête du pays autoproclamé des droits de l’homme, s’enflamment brusquement ceux qui n’avaient pas eu de mots assez durs pour dénoncer il y a sept ans la mise hors d’état de nuire d’un des pires despotes de l’histoire …

Telle est la tout à fait pertinente question que pose l’islamologue Raymond Ibrahim.

Pointant, exemples à l’appui, la prétendument nécessaire équivalence, faite couramment en Occident, entre démocratie et régime pluraliste et laïc.

Et montrant au contraire que les valeurs occidentales peuvent même, ici comme là-bas, exacerber et radicaliser les tendances islamistes …

D’où son appel, pour l’Amérique, à arrêter de se focaliser sur la forme de gouvernement (la démocratie qui n’est qu’un moyen) pour se concentrer sur le contenu (la défense des véritables buts que sont la liberté et les droits universels).

Et ce y compris contre la volonté populaire si celle-ci s’avérait soutenir, comme en Iran ou à Gaza, des islamistes liberticides ..

Is an Egyptian "Democracy" a Good Thing?

Raymond Ibrahim

February 26, 2011

That democracy equates freedom is axiomatic in the West. Say the word "democracy" and images of a free, pluralistic, and secular society come to mind. Recently commenting on the turmoil in Egypt, President Obama made this association when he said that "the United States will continue to stand up for democracy and the universal rights that all human beings deserve"—as if the two are inseparable.

But are they? Does "democracy" always lead to "universal rights" — and all of the other boons associated with that form of governance?

The fact is, there is nothing inherently liberal, humanitarian, or secular about democracies. Consider ancient Athens, regularly touted as history’s first democracy. It held principles, such as slavery, that would today be deemed antithetical to a democratic society. Indeed, whereas the status of women in "democratic" Athens would have made the Taliban proud, women in "authoritarian" Sparta reportedly enjoyed a much higher level of equality. Thus the Athenian Plato, one of history’s greatest minds, eschewed democracy, opting for a so-called "philosopher king" to provide for the good of the people.

In short, as with all forms of governance, democracy is a means to an end: based on whether that end is good (freedom) or bad (tyranny) should be the ultimate measure of its worth.

Recent examples of "people-power" — literally, demos-kratia — giving rise to fascistic governments are many: the Palestinians elected the terrorist organization Hamas to lead their government in 2006; Islamists were poised to take over in Algeria thanks to free elections in1991. Most famously, the Shah of Iran, whose monarchy was culturally and socially liberal, was overthrown by the people, who brought the Khomeini and tyranny to power in 1979.

Enter Egypt. For starters, what we are witnessing is a popular revolt. But now that the people have gotten what they want — the overthrow of Mubarak — will "people-power" also lead to a more liberal, secular, and pluralistic society? Theoretically, it is possible: many Egyptians, Christians and Muslims, would welcome a freer society. Despite al-Jazeera’s and the Iranian media’s propaganda — which some in the West follow hook-line-and-sinker — the majority of Egyptians protesting are not doing so to see sharia law implemented, but rather for mundane reasons: food and jobs.

That said, the Muslim Brotherhood does pose a very real threat; moreover, it does want strict sharia implemented. If the people help see it to power, Egypt will become considerably more fascistic. Yet this does not mean that most Egyptians are Islamists. While some are, others go along with the Brotherhood for the ostensible benefits, while being indifferent to the group’s ideological agenda. After all, Hamas’ famous strategy of endearing the Palestinians to it by providing for their needs was learned directly from its parent organization: Egypt’s Brotherhood.

In a way, this is not unlike Western democracies: people can vote based on their immediate needs, emotions, misinformation, or even sheer propaganda — and get more than they bargained for. Yet Western democracies have built-in safeguards, for example, a constitution, rule of law, and a separate judiciary. But what if all of these are built on Islamist principles, agreed to by the majority? The constitution, law, and judiciary of a government can all be built atop sharia (the word sharia simply means "the way" of Muslim society). After all, part of the Brotherhood’s by now infamous slogan is that "the Koran is our Constitution"; likewise, Iran has a "constitutional government" — based on sharia jurisprudence.

In short, America needs to stop praising democracy — a means — and start supporting freedom and universal rights — the desired end. If that end can best be achieved by, say, a "philosopher-king," as opposed to popular support, so be it; if that end can be achieved by supporting secularists while "undemocratically" suppressing Islamists, so be it. Rather than offer lip service to any specific mode of governance, the US should support whoever and whatever form of government is best positioned to provide the boons regularly conflated with democracy.

Such an approach would have an added bonus: it would fend off the ubiquitous charge — emanating from the ivory towers of academia to the Arab street — that America is hypocritical for befriending and supporting dictators even as it constantly sings paeans to democracy.

Can American Values Radicalize Muslims?
Raymond Ibrahim

Pajamas media

February 21, 2011

Recent comments by US officials on the threat posed by "radicalized" American Muslims are troubling, both for their domestic and international implications. Attorney General Eric Holder states that "the threat has changed … to worrying about people in the United States, American citizens — raised here, born here, and who for whatever reason, have decided that they are going to become radicalized and take up arms against the nation in which they were born." The situation is critical enough to compel incoming head of the House Committee on Homeland Security Peter King to do all he can "to break down the wall of political correctness and drive the public debate on Islamic radicalization."

To be sure, radicalized American Muslims pose a far greater risk than foreign radicals. For example, it is much easier for the former to get a job in the food industry and poison food — a recently revealed al-Qaeda strategy. American terrorists are also better positioned to exploit the Western mindset. After describing Anwar al-Awlaki as one of the most dangerous terrorists alive, Holder added that he "is a person who — as an American citizen — is familiar with this country and he brings a dimension, because of that American familiarity, that others do not." (Likewise, American Adam Gadahn is al Qaeda’s chief propagandist in English no doubt due to his "American familiarity.")

Sue Myrick, a member of the House of Representatives Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, wrote a particularly candid letter on "radicalization" to President Obama:

For many years we lulled ourselves with the idea that radicalization was not happening inside the United Sates. We believed American Muslims were immune to radicalization because, unlike the European counterparts, they are socially and economically well-integrated into society. There had been warnings that these assumptions were false but we paid them no mind. Today there is no doubt that radicalization is taking place inside America. The strikingly accelerated rate of American Muslims arrested for involvement in terrorist activities since May 2009 makes this fact self-evident.

Myrick named several American Muslims as examples of those who, while "embodying the American dream, at least socio-economically," still turned to radical Islam, astutely adding, "The truth is that if grievances were the sole cause of terrorism, we would see daily acts by Americans who have lost their jobs and homes in this economic downturn."

Quite so. Yet, though Myrick’s observations are limited to the domestic scene, they beg the following, even more "cosmic," question: If American Muslims, who enjoy Western benefits — including democracy, liberty, prosperity, and freedom of expression — are still being radicalized, why then do we insist that the importation of those same Western benefits to the Muslim world will eliminate its even more indigenous or authentic form of "radicalization"?

After all, the mainstream position, the only one evoked by politicians, maintains that all American sacrifices in the Muslim world (Iraq, Afghanistan, etc.) will pay off once Muslims discover how wonderful Western ways are, and happily slough off their Islamist veneer, which, as the theory goes, is a product of — you guessed it — a lack of democracy, liberty, prosperity, and freedom of expression. Yet here are American Muslims, immersed in the bounties of the West — and still do they turn to violent jihad. Why think their counterparts, who are born and raised in the Muslim world, where Islam permeates every aspect of life, will respond differently?

In fact, far from eliminating radicalization, there is reason to believe that Western values can actually exacerbate Islamist tendencies. It is already known that Western concessions to Islam — in the guise of multiculturalism, "cultural sensitivity," political correctness, and self-censorship — only bring out the worst in Islamists. Yet even some of the most prized aspects of Western civilization — personal freedom, rule of law, human dignity — when articulated through an Islamist framework, have the capacity to "radicalize" Muslims.

Consider: the West’s unique stress on the law as supreme arbitrator, translates into a stress to establish sharia law, Islam’s supreme arbitrator of human affairs; the West’s unwavering commitment to democracy, translates into an unwavering commitment to theocracy, including an anxious impulse to resurrect the caliphate; Western notions of human dignity and pride, when articulated through an Islamist mindset (which sees fellow Muslims as the ultimate, if not only, representatives of humanity) induces rage when fellow Muslims — Palestinians, Afghanis, Iraqis, etc. — are seen under Western, infidel dominion; Western notions of autonomy and personal freedom have even helped "Westernize" the notion of jihad into an individual duty, though it has traditionally been held by sharia as a communal duty.

Nor should any of this be surprising: a set of noble principles articulated through a fascistic paradigm can produce abominations. In this case, the better principles of Western civilization are being devoured, absorbed, and regurgitated into something equally potent, though from the other end of the spectrum. Put differently, just as a stress on human freedom, human dignity, and universal justice produces good humans, rearticulating these same concepts through an Islamist framework that qualifies them with the word "Muslim" — Muslim freedom, Muslim dignity, and Muslim justice — leads to what is being called "radicalization."

Voir enfin:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Débat sur Israël : l’ENS condamnée pour entrave à la liberté d’expression
Le Monde
01.03.11
Le Tribunal administratif de Paris a condamné, samedi 26 février, la direction de l’Ecole normale supérieure (ENS) pour avoir refusé la réservation d’une salle pour un débat sur la question israélo-palestinienne.AFP
Le Tribunal administratif de Paris a condamné, samedi 26 février, la direction de l’Ecole normale supérieure (ENS) pour avoir refusé la réservation d’une salle pour un débat sur la question israélo-palestinienne. Le collectif Palestine de l’ENS avait déposé, début février, une demande de réservation de salle pour organiser un nouveau débat, dans le cadre de la "semaine contre l’apartheid israélien". Selon ses membres, ce débat avait pour objectif de "réfléchir à la pertinence de la qualification juridique d’apartheid pour décrire la situation israélo-palestinienne". Le collectif avait invité Omar Barghouti, initiateur en Cisjordanie de la campagne de boycott des produits israéliens ("Boycott, désinvestissement, sanctions", aussi appelée BDS) et la réalisatrice franco-israélienne Simone Bitton, ainsi que des étudiants israéliens et palestiniens.
L’ENS a refusé, par la voix de sa directrice, Monique Canto-Sperber, fin février, la réservation de la salle, estimant que "‘l’ENS n’a pas pour vocation d’abriter des meetings de partis politiques ou des réunions organisées par des groupes militants, nationaux ou internationaux, dans lesquels s’exprimerait un point de vue univoque", comme l’expliquait le blog du Monde de l’éducation.
LA JUSTICE DONNE RAISON AU COLLECTIF
Le collectif Palestine a dénoncé une "censure". Après avoir essuyé un nouveau refus de la direction de l’école, il a décidé de porter l’affaire en justice. Qui lui a donné en partie raison. Dans ses conclusions, le juge des référés estime que les plaignants "sont fondés à soutenir que la directrice de l’ENS, dans l’exercice de ses fonctions, a porté une atteinte grave et manifestement illégale à la liberté de réunion, qui constitue une liberté fondamentale".
Le juge ordonne à l’ENS de suspendre sa décision de réexaminer la demande du collectif Palestine. Il note également que les plaignants ont "fait part de leur volonté d’assurer un caractère contradictoire aux débats programmés". (Voir la décision du tribunal sur Le Monde.fr.)
Contacté par Le Monde.fr, l’un des avocats de l’école, Patrick Klugman, estime que "cette décision est un dangereux précédent". "La semaine contre l’apartheid d’Israël est un événement susceptible de poursuites pénales, donc je ne vois pas comment la direction de l’école aurait pu l’autoriser", explique-t-il, estimant que l’emploi du terme "apartheid" concernant l’Etat d’Israël est illégal en France. Il ajoute que l’ENS a la volonté de saisir le Conseil d’Etat sur cette question.
Conformément à la décision du juge, la direction de l’école a réexaminé, mardi, la demande du collectif. Et a de nouveau refusé la salle, au motif que le débat aurait dû être contradictoire, et qu’il ne peut être inclu dans la "semaine contre l’apartheid israélien".
Le collectif assure que le débat organisé n’est pas une promotion du boycott d’Israël mais un débat de fond sur la notion d’"apartheid". Et entend saisir le juge administratif mercredi pour obtenir satisfaction.
LE "PRÉCÉDENT" STÉPHANE HESSEL
Cette affaire fait suite à l’annulation d’un débat sur Israël avec Stéphane Hessel, mi-janvier, qui avait déclenché une polémique. L’auteur d’Indignez-vous !, ancien résistant, était invité à débattre de la répression de la campagne de boycott des produits israéliens. La direction de l’ENS avait annulé le débat après les inquiétudes relayées par le Conseil représentatif des associations juives de France et plusieurs associations juives.
 
 

 

Une décision qui avait suscité la colère de plusieurs chercheurs anciens élèves de l’école, qui avaient dénoncé dans une lettre publiée dans Libération une atteinte à la liberté d’expression. Ils estimaient que la directrice de l’ENS avait "déshonoré sa fonction". Cette dernière avait déploré dans une tribune au Monde un "vacarme d’indignation sincère et de mauvaise foi mêlées". Et avait expliqué avoir décidé "seule" de cette annulation, estimant qu’il s’agissait d’un "meeting sans débat". Elle ajoutait : "Si une situation analogue se présentait de nouveau, j’agirais de la même façon".

Voir également:

 Is There an Arab George Washington?
Most revolutions trace a familiar arc from euphoria to terror.
Bret Stephens
The WSJ
March 1, 2011

On learning that George Washington intended to follow up his victory at Yorktown by retiring to his farm at Mount Vernon, George III told the painter Benjamin West: "If he does that, he will be the greatest man in the world." The British monarch may have wound up stark raving mad, but he knew a thing or two about the seductions of power.

We celebrate Washington today as the greatest of the founding fathers. But the fame he gained during his lifetime owed mainly to his willingness to relinquish the vast powers he had repeatedly been granted, and which were his for the keeping. That’s a rarity in the history of revolutions, in which the distance from liberation to despotism—from euphoria to terror—is usually short. The French Revolution began with a Declaration of the Rights of Man. It very nearly ended in an extinction of those rights.

The uprisings now sweeping the Arab world threaten to retrace that familiar arc. Consider the irony of last month’s massive protests in Cairo’s Tahrir Square. Until Egypt’s corrupt but tolerant monarchy was overthrown in 1952, the square was known as Midan El-Ismailiya after Ismail Pasha, the great 19th-century Egyptian Westernizer. It became Liberation Square only after Gamal Abdel Nasser’s 1952 coup, yet another calamitous revolution that began brightly with promises of democracy.

Now we’re being told that this time it’s different. A day after the demonstrators began to gather on Tahrir Square last month, an Egyptian friend of mine—a former independent member of parliament with close ties to the secular opposition—explained that difference: "It’s a revolution without papas," he told me. No Nasser, no Ben Bella, no Arafat, just ordinary people in their millions demanding their long-denied civil and political rights.

I’d love to think that my friend is right. And there’s no shortage of pop-political philosophy explaining how in our networked, horizontal, spontaneously organizing era of Facebook and Twitter, there’s no longer a need for credible leaders or effective political parties. Just click the install button on People Power 3.0 and the program will run itself.

Yet until technology recasts human nature, human nature will be what it always has been. And human nature abhors a leadership vacuum. When revolutions are successful, it’s not that they have no "papas"; it’s that they have good papas. So it was with Washington, or with Mandela—men of hard-earned and unmatched moral authority, steeped in the right values, who not only could defeat their adversaries but rein in the tempers of their own followers.

What happens when revolutions don’t have such leaders? The French Revolution is Exhibit A. Exhibit B might be Lebanon’s Cedar Revolution of 2005, which took place following the assassination of the charismatic former premier Rafik Hariri. Millions of Lebanese poured into Beirut’s Martyrs’ Square on March 14 to demand the end of Syrian occupation.

The Syrians obliged. Elections gave pro-Western groups clear majorities in parliament. The country seemed settled on a better course. In May of that year I went to Lebanon to see things for myself. "Wherever

I go here, the impression is of a people intent on making up for lost time, and determined never again to be dragged down by extremism," I wrote. "It is these Lebanese, one senses, and not Hezbollah, who are making the country anew, and who are doing so, at long last, in the absence of fear."

Re-reading those lines today, with Hezbollah in firm control of a puppet government and the various leaders of the March 14 movement murdered, dismembered or politically neutered, is enough to make me cringe.

But it’s also a useful lesson in the limits of the very kind of people power now being celebrated in Egypt. It’s not enough to be against, or to bring down, a hated regime. It’s not even enough to be for something, at least in the sense in which the Arab world now seeks a freer and more representative political dispensation. What’s required is the statesmanship that can give concrete form to a hazy political dream.

It would be nice to believe that this kind of statesmanship will emerge unbidden from decent quarters, which probably explains the fascination with Egyptian Google exec Wael Ghonim. But the perennial political problem is that good people usually lack political ambition. They cede the field to charlatans, romantics and jackals.

As Americans look at what is happening in the Middle East, it’s natural that their sympathies should lie with the demonstrators. Natural, too, is the belief that movements consisting mainly of oppressed people in search of a better life will lead to decent regimes that care for those people. And maybe that will turn out to be true.

But also true is that America’s revolutionary history was exceptional because we had a Washington while the French had a Robespierre and the Egyptians had a Nasser. We owe today’s Arabs our optimism, and the benefit of the doubt. They owe themselves the real lessons of our example.

Voir enfin:

 
The ‘Israel First’ Myth
Obsessed with the Jewish state, Mideast "experts" got the region all wrong.
James Taranto
The WSJ
3/1/2011

In the past few weeks, we’ve seen revolutions in Egypt and Tunisia, a brutal and continuing attempt to put down a rebellion in Libya, and varying degrees of unrest, sometimes violent, in Algeria, Bahrain, Djibouti, Iran, Iraq, Jordan, Kuwait, Lebanon, Mauritania, Morocco, Oman, Sudan and Yemen.

If only Israel would recognize a Palestinian state, we would have peace in the Middle East!

Ha ha. Hardly anybody is saying that now, but it’s worth remembering that it has been the accepted view among Mideast "experts" for decades. Israeli cartoonist Yaakov Kirschen, who draws the syndicated Dry Bones strip, had a terrific one a few weeks ago. It showed a pair of such experts yammering, "Israel, Palestine, Gaza, Israel, Palestine, Gaza," ad nauseam. In the second panel, the experts are shaken as a voice yells "EGYPT!" In the third panel, they stand silently, trying to make sense of it all.

Nick Cohen of London’s Observer, a rare British leftist who does not loathe Israel, confronts his ideological brethren in an excellent column:

To a generation of politically active if not morally consistent campaigners, the Middle East has meant Israel and only Israel. In theory, they should have been able to stick by universal principles and support a just settlement for the Palestinians while opposing the dictators who kept Arabs subjugated. Few, however, have been able to oppose oppression in all its forms consistently. . . .

Far from being a cause of the revolution, antagonism to Israel everywhere served the interests of oppressors. Europeans have no right to be surprised. Of all people, we ought to know from our experience of Nazism that antisemitism is a conspiracy theory about power, rather than a standard racist hatred of poor immigrants. Fascistic regimes reached for it when they sought to deny their own people liberty. . . .

Syrian Ba’athists, Hamas, the Saudi monarchy and Gaddafi eagerly promoted the Protocols [of the Elders of Zion], for why wouldn’t vicious elites welcome a fantasy that dismissed democracy as a fraud and justified their domination? Just before the Libyan revolt, [Muammar] Gaddafi tried a desperate move his European predecessors would have understood. He tried to deflect Libyan anger by calling for a popular Palestinian revolution against Israel. That may or may not have been justified, but it assuredly would have done nothing to help the wretched Libyans.

Cohen also claims that "the right has been no better than the liberal-left in its Jew obsessions. The briefest reading of Conservative newspapers shows that at all times their first concern about political changes in the Middle East is how they affect Israel."

Maybe he’s right–we haven’t been following British coverage closely enough to say–but here in America, the anti-Semitic canard that neoconservatives are loyal to Israel first has been disproved. Politico reported Feb. 3:

As Israeli leaders worriedly eye the protests and street battles in neighboring Egypt, they’ve been dismayed to find that the neoconservatives and hawkish Democrats who are usually their most reliable American advocates are cheering for Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak’s fall. . . .

In particular, neoconservatives such as Weekly Standard Editor Bill Kristol, Bush National Security Council official Elliott Abrams, and scholar Robert Kagan are essentially saying good riddance to Mubarak and chiding Obama mainly for not making the same sporadic push for democracy as President George W. Bush.

"If [the Israelis] were to say, ‘This is very worrying because we don’t know what the future will bring and none of us trust the [Muslim] Brotherhood’–we would all agree with that. But then they then go further and start mourning the departure of Mubarak and telling you that he is the greatest thing that ever happened," said Abrams, who battled inside the Bush administration for more public pressure on Arab allies to reform.

"They don’t seem to realize that the crisis that now exists is the creation of Mubarak," he said. "We were calling on him to stop crushing the moderate and centrist parties–and the Israelis had no sympathy for that whatsoever."

One can see why Israelis would be especially anxious about the outcome of the revolution in Egypt, the most populous Arab state and one that has waged war against Israel several times. On "The Journal Editorial Report" a couple of weeks ago, Paul Wolfowitz, the former deputy defense secretary and a pro-democracy neoconservative, raised an analogy that seems to us pertinent:

There’s really been too much hand-wringing. Yes, there are a lot of ways this can go wrong. But, you know, I’m reminded that when the Berlin Wall came down, someone I admire, Margaret Thatcher, and her counterpart in France, Francois Mitterrand, were wringing their hands with the specter of a revived German threat in Europe. And President [George H.W.] Bush said: Look, let’s celebrate what the Germans have done, let’s embrace unity, and then we’ll have a chance to steer this in the right direction. . . .

Look, when the tide of freedom is sweeping, we should love it. And when it’s headed in the wrong direction, then we’ll have a lot more credibility to say, "Whoa, this isn’t freedom anymore."

We agree with Wolfowitz, but there’s a more sympathetic way of looking at Thatcher’s and Mitterand’s unease over German unification–one that ought to inspire some empathy for Israel’s anxiety. Germany was in their backyard and had waged a vicious war on both England and France just a few decades earlier. The same is true of Egypt today vis-à-vis Israel. And Egypt’s future is harder to predict than Germany’s in 1989, when most of the country was already stable, democratic and allied with the West. Regime change in Egypt produces uncertainty about the 1978 peace treaty, an agreement that is essential to Israel’s security.

On the other hand, we’ve long argued that the Israeli-Palestinian conflict is largely a product of Arab dictators, a point even Thomas Friedman acknowledges in a recent column: "The Arab tyrants, precisely because they were illegitimate, were the ones who fed their people hatred of Israel as a diversion." But Friedman still manages to get it backward:

If Israel could finalize a deal with the Palestinians, it will find that a more democratic Arab world is a more stable partner. Not because everyone will suddenly love Israel (they won’t). But because the voices that would continue calling for conflict would have legitimate competition, and democratically elected leaders will have to be much more responsive to their people’s priorities, which are for more schools not wars.

In truth, a more democratic Arab world–which is now a real possibility, though by no means a certainty–is a necessary precondition for peace between Israel and the Palestinians. On this point Friedman has long been obtuse. Nine years ago, he suggested the Arab states offer "a simple, clear-cut proposal to Israel to break the Israeli-Palestinian impasse: In return for a total withdrawal by Israel to the June 4, 1967, lines, and the establishment of a Palestinian state, the 22 members of the Arab League would offer Israel full diplomatic relations, normalized trade and security guarantees."

Crown Prince Abdullah of Saudi Arabia, in a 2002 interview with Friedman, enthusiastically endorsed the idea, which Friedman started calling "the Abdullah plan." But as Friedman acknowledged in a 2009 column, Abdullah, who became king in 2005, "always stopped short of presenting his ideas directly to the Israeli people." That 2009 column included the latest Friedman brainstorm, "what I would call a five-state solution," involving the creation of a Palestinian state and promises by Egypt, Jordan and Saudi Arabia aimed at guaranteeing Israel’s security.

It was fanciful of Friedman to think that Arab dictators–whom he now acknowledges have depended on scapegoating Israel to maintain their hold on power–would have agreed to such plans. But what if they had?

A little history is perhaps apposite here. From Israel’s creation in 1948 until the 1979 Iranian revolution, Jerusalem had close relations with the authoritarian government of the shah. The current regime in Iran is dedicated to Israel’s destruction. It’s hard to see how Israel would be better off today if it had entrusted its security to the Arab dictators whose own people have suddenly made them an endangered species.

Two Columnists in One!

■"Paradoxically, a more democratic Iraq may also be a more repressive one; it may well be that a majority of Iraqis favor more curbs on professional women and on religious minorities. . . . Women did relatively well under Saddam Hussein. . . . Iraq won’t follow the theocratic model of Iran, but it could end up as Iran Lite: an Islamic state, but ruled by politicians rather than ayatollahs. I get the sense that’s the system many Iraqis seek. . . . We may just have to get used to the idea that we have been midwives to growing Islamic fundamentalism in Iraq."–Nicholas Kristof, New York Times, June 24, 2003

■"Is the Arab world unready for freedom? A crude stereotype lingers that some people–Arabs, Chinese and Africans–are incompatible with democracy. . . . This line of thinking seems to me insulting to the unfree world. . . . It’s condescending and foolish to suggest that people dying for democracy aren’t ready for it."–Kristof, Times, Feb. 27, 2011

 (…)


Printemps arabe: Le renversement de Saddam a incontestablement aidé (Bush’s role is not unlike that of a midwife for democracy who helped to deliver it although by caesarean)

26 février, 2011
Mission accomplished (Bush)The United States and Great Britain share a mission in the world beyond the balance of power or the simple pursuit of interest. We seek the advance of freedom and the peace that freedom brings… By advancing freedom in the greater Middle East, we help end a cycle of dictatorship and radicalism that brings millions of people to misery and brings danger to our own people. The stakes in that region could not be higher. If the Middle East remains a place where freedom does not flourish, it will remain a place of stagnation and anger and violence for export. And as we saw in the ruins of two towers, no distance on the map will protect our lives and way of life. If the greater Middle East joins the democratic revolution that has reached much of the world, the lives of millions in that region will be bettered, and a trend of conflict and fear will be ended at its source… We must shake off decades of failed policy in the Middle East. Your nation and mine, in the past, have been willing to make a bargain, to tolerate oppression for the sake of stability. Longstanding ties often led us to overlook the faults of local elites. Yet this bargain did not bring stability or make us safe. It merely bought time, while problems festered and ideologies of violence took hold. George W. Bush (Londres, 19.11. 2005)
Tant que cette région sera en proie à la tyrannie, au désespoir et à la colère, elle engendrera des hommes et des mouvements qui menacent la sécurité des Américains et de leur alliés. Nous soutenons les progrès démocratiques pour une raison purement pratique : les démocraties ne soutiennent pas les terroristes et ne menacent pas le monde avec des armes de destruction massive. George W. Bush (Congrès, 04.02.04)
L’Irak (…) pourrait être l’un des grands succès de cette administration. Joe Biden (10.02.10)
And so the last remarkable month has been, in some ways, a vindication of neoconservatism’s core insight about the Arab world’s yearning for democracy; and a refutation of neoconservatism’s hubristic notion that another country, especially the US, could impose it. Which is really a vindication for Obama, whose own speech in Cairo echoed many of Rice’s themes. Iraq? Notice how the experience in Iraq was used by the Arab world’s tyrants – by Seif Qaddafi as recently as last night – as an example of what happens when Western democracy is installed: chaos, mass murder, and civil war. Tunisia and Egypt managed to cancel out Iraq. Andrew Sullivan 
On manifeste avant tout pour la dignité, pour le "respect" : ce slogan est parti de l’Algérie à la fin des années 1990. Les valeurs dont on se réclame sont universelles. Mais la démocratie qu’on demande aujourd’hui n’est plus un produit d’importation : c’est toute la différence avec la promotion de la démocratie faite par l’administration Bush en 2003, qui n’était pas recevable car elle n’avait aucune légitimité politique et était associée à une intervention militaire. Paradoxalement l’affaiblissement des Etats-unis au Moyen-Orient, et le pragmatisme de l’administration Obama, aujourd’hui permettent à une demande autochtone de démocratie de s’exprimer en toute légitimité. Olivier Roy
Tout se passe comme si les derniers événements en Tunisie et en Égypte marquaient l’actualisation du discours du Caire, en mai 2009, sur les valeurs partagées de l’Amérique et de l’islam. Au paradigme, un temps dominant en Amérique, de l’affrontement entre blocs civilisationnels, le 44e président américain a opposé l’idée d’une communauté de destin morale entre les États-Unis et le monde musulman, par rapport à l’extrémisme ravageur d’Al-Qaida. Jean-Pierre Filiu
Obama is too friendly with tyrants  (…) From 2005 to 2006, 11 contested elections took place in the Middle East: in Iraq, Afghanistan, Palestine, Lebanon, Kuwait, Jordan, Yemen, Egypt and Mauritania. These elections were not perfect, but the advances sparked unprecedented sociopolitical dynamism and unleashed tremendous pent-up desire for democratic choice. Photos of jubilant Iraqi women proudly displaying the indelible ink on their fingers after voting were followed by images of Egyptian opposition voters using ladders to enter polling stations when regime officials tried to block the doorways. Peaceful opposition groups proliferated in Egypt during the Bush years: Youth for Change, Artists for Change, Egypt’s Independent Judges and, perhaps the most well-known, Kefaya. That Iraq has held two genuinely contested and fair multiparty elections, on schedule, indicates that democracy is indeed taking root again there after 60 years of the most oppressive dictatorial rule. To be fair, Bush did back away from his support for Arab reform in his second term. But the image of his support stuck. Why has Obama distanced himself from his predecessor’s support for democracy promotion? One unsurprising outcome is that the regime in Egypt has reverted to wholesale imprisonment and harassment of political dissidents. Despite his promises of change when speaking in Cairo last June, Obama has retreated to Cold War policies of favoring stability and even support for "friendly tyrants." Far from establishing an imaginative policy of tying the substantial U.S. foreign aid to the region to political reform, the Obama administration has given a free pass to Egypt’s ailing 82-year-old autocrat, Hosni Mubarak. Last month when Mubarak’s regime extended the "emergency law" under which it has ruled for 29 years, prohibiting even small political rallies and sending civilians to military courts, Washington barely responded. (…) Democracy and human rights advocates in the Middle East listened with great anticipation to Obama’s speech in Cairo. Today, Egyptians are not just disappointed but stunned by what appears to be outright promotion of autocracy in their country. What is needed now is a loud and clear message from the United States and the global community of democracies that the Egyptian people deserve free, fair and transparent elections. Congress is considering a resolution to that effect for Uganda. Such a resolution for Egypt is critical given the immense U.S. support for Egypt. Just as we hope for a clear U.S. signal on democracy promotion, we must hope that the Obama administration will cease its coddling of dictators. Saad Eddin Ibrahim (15.06.10)
Le renversement de Saddam Hussein a incontestablement aidé les forces démocratiques dans la région à sentir que l’histoire est de leur côté et quand on m’interroge sur le rôle de Bush à cet égard je considère son rôle plutôt comme celui d’une sage-femme pour la démocratie. Rappelez-vous, des milliers, pas des centaines, des milliers, avaient travaillé pour la démocratie pendant les 40 dernières années dans cette région du monde, et Bush arrive dans ce jeu – et je suis heureux qu’il soit venu – et son rôle n’est pas très différent de celui d’une  sage-femme pour une région qui portait déjà en elle le désir de la démocratie et il l’a aidé à accoucher, bien que par césarienne. C’est probablement la plus proche, la plus frappante des analogies que nous devons employer. Lui en suis-je reconnaissant? Oui. Devrions-nous lui attribuer le changement démocratique de la région ? Non. Ce serait injuste pour les gens qui sont morts et les gens qui sont allés en prison et se sont sacrifiés pour les droits de l’homme et pour la démocratie. Saad Eddin Ibrahim

Pour ceux qui ont déjà oublié les dix élections multipartites qui, entre l’Afghanistan, la Palestine, le Liban, le Koweit, la Jordanie, le Yemen, l’Egypte ou la Mauritanie, ont suivi en moins d’un an celle d’Irak en 2005 …

A l’heure où, face à l’actuel carnage en Libye, le prétendu chef de file du Monde libre multiplie les atermoiements

Pendant que certains de nos commentateurs ont déjà commencé (mais le vice-président et ex-farouche critique de la guerre Joseph Biden ne s’était-il déjà pas approprié, pour l’Administration Obama il y a tout juste un an, le "succès irakien"?) à lui attribuer le crédit de l’actuel "printemps arabe" …

Retour sur  une interview de 2005 du célèbre activiste égypto-américain Saad Eddin Ibrahim.

Qui, contre les tenants tant de "l’exception arabe" que des bons sentiments, rappelait la longue mais oubliée tradition parlementaire de son pays comme les effets délétères de l’aide occidentale au Tiers-monde (quand elle sert de rente aux autocrates locaux pour remettre à plus tard toute réforme).

Et se payait le luxe non seulement  de prophétiser, cinq ans à l’avance, l’actuelle arrivée de la démocratie dans son pays et la région.

Mais, exception rarissime parmi les commentateurs arabes, avait l’honnêteté et le courage d’y reconnaitre la part de la sage-femme qui, certes par césarienne, en avait aidé l’accouchement

Extraits :

You have the Orientalists or some so-called Arabists, or area specialists who talk a lot about “Arab exceptionalism”: this idea that democracy cannot exist in the Arab world. Somehow the democratic changes that spread throughout the Third World starting in Portugal back in 1974, and then moved to Spain, and then to Greece, then to Latin America and back to East Asia and then to Eastern and Central Europe and what we social scientists called the third wave of democracy has not rooted itself in the Middle East. Of course, this third wave is now 31 years old and people wonder why has the wave not yet broken at the Arab shores?  And some people have said well, it’s Arab exceptionalism: that there is something about our culture, or Islam, which somehow defies democracy.  And of course a few of us who have been fighting for democracy in the region have taken issue with this kind of proposition. Arab exceptionalism? We are human beings like everybody else, and we can have democracy too.

Removing Saddam Hussein has definitely helped the democratic forces in the region to feel that history is on their side and when I am asked about the role of Bush in this regard I see his role are more like a midwife for democracy. Remember, thousands, not hundreds, thousands, have been working for democracy for the last 40 years in this region of the world, and Bush comes into this game—and I am happy that he came—and his role is not unlike a midwife for a region that was already pregnant with the yearning for democracy and he helped to deliver it, although by caesarean. That is probably the closest, the most vivid of analogies that we have to use. Am I grateful to him? I am. Should we give credit to him for democratic change in the region? No. That would be unfair to people who died and people who went to prison and sacrificed for human rights and for democracy.

You have to remember, Radio Free America helped deliver democracy and freedom to Eastern Europe and ultimately to the Soviet Union. And this has to be acknowledged that there is a role for the West and in the same way we have to give credit to the Bush administration and to the Europeans who have been really working hard for democracy in the Middle East.  (…)

They should be concerned, but from a distance.  If they move too close, then they will discredit us, the reformers and the human rights activists and those pushing for democracy. What we need for the United States to do now is to weaken their support for the tyrants: for the Mubaraks, for the Abdullahs. We can do battle with them on our own terms if they do not have the backing and support of the United States or other western powers. Look at Egypt: they get $4 billion a year, $2 billion from the United States and another $2 billion from Europe and Japan. This creates a rentier state where there is no accountability for the state to its people since it is supported from abroad. And they can get away with more. Of course, there should not be sanctions which only end up hurt the people. But the United States should condition its financial support for different countries on a timetable for genuine political and social change. Enable democratic forces to have at least a stable footing against the dictators. I don’t have access to a newspaper, the maximum number of people I can get in my Center is maybe 100 per week. So we need more support. But things are moving. Not as quickly as I would like, but gradually, and peacefully. And that’s important: we don’t want violent change—like what happened in Romania and Ceaucescu. The region has had enough bloodshed. So we want to fight our battles peacefully, and the United States and western powers can aid in this reform for greater freedom and political reform.  And I think within five to ten years there will be major reform.

The Prospect for Democracy in the Middle East:

A Conversation with Saad Eddin Ibrahim

Saad Eddin Ibrahim was arrested on June 30, 2000 and was convicted in 2001 on false charges that he embezzled funds and disseminated false information harmful to the interests of Egypt. Although sentenced to seven years, he was acquitted by Egypt’s high court in 2003. Described as the Andrei Sakharov of the Middle East, Ibrahim has been a tireless human rights and pro-democracy activist not only for his native Egypt, but throughout the region as well. He is also a scholar who has deepened the understanding of Islamic thought and its relationship to democracy, modernity and liberalism. A staunch critic of the notion of "Arab exceptionalism" prevalent in the West and the clash of civilizations thesis, he advocates a universalist conception of democracy and human rights.

Ibrahim is the founder and director of the Ibn Khaldun Center for Development Studies and is currently a scholar at the Woodrow Wilson Center in Washington. He is also a candidate for president in Egypt. This interview was held in March 2005 in New York City.

——————————————————————————–

Q:  Hosni Mubarak has announced that there will be open elections in Egypt. I was wondering how you’d characterize these elections? Do they signal any kind of authentic political  change in Egypt?

A: They do, they signal at least a new direction and I am personally grateful this has  happened and while it is a baby step on a thousand mile journey, it is an important step.  As much as I criticize Mubarak, I have to give him credit when he does well and this is one of the rare good things that he’s done, after long protracted resistance. Until a month before his announcement he was saying there was no way that they would change the constitution to allow for contested elections. I don’t know how familiar you are with all this, but Egypt has had a constitution since 1971—which can actually be traced back 20 years earlier—which filled the office of the presidency not by contested election but with something called a “referendum” where only one name appears on the ballot and the citizens, if they care at all to participate, vote either “yes” or “no.” Of course, often people stay away and don’t even bother voting, and the ones who do go will usually vote “yes.”

That is why the state can always announce that Mubarak was elected by 99%, and of course in some cases 100%, of the voting population. Of course this was the same thing with Saddam Hussein. In Egypt, those who do vote have to provide their name and sign their ballot as well as provide their address.

So to allow at least some means to shape the process by which elections take place, by moving away from the referendum vote and toward contested elections, is, to me, a very important step, even though by any democratic standard it is a baby step.

Q: What do you think the reasons are for Mubarak suddenly changing his position and allowing contested elections?

A: Since I was released from prison I openly challenged the man. That challenge escalated about 5 months ago when I said if he dares, if he thinks he is popular, then let him run in a free and open election. I repeated that over and over and three other public figures followed me and declared that they would also run and they demanded that Mubarak debate with them.

So the four of us applied pressure and then the Parliament ratified the draft of the amendment to allow contested elections.  But you see, the idea is to break that barrier of fear that is ingrained in the Middle East—not unlike the way it was ingrained in Eastern Europe, in the Soviet Union, under totalitarian, authoritarian regimes—in which people live in fear and think that there is no alternative and that they have to subject themselves to a continuous system of oppression.

Now a few of us have dared to challenge that and to break that pattern, and some of us have paid the price for it. But we continue and I think I must say that over the last ten years it was a very confrontational struggle, the last half of which I was in prison, but it paid off and I think it was to signal to other Arab countries and other Third World. You can look at us as another Ukraine, another Czechoslovakia, another Georgia, another Poland, because these countries have gone through similar regimes of communism, even longer, for longer periods and have undergone even harsher political systems. So I am hopeful as an activist and I never will give up. And I see hope not only for Egypt but for the entire region.

Q: Does this mean a kind of expansion or a rebirth or even a birth of a kind of public sphere in Egypt? I mean will this lead to the level of newspapers, journals, the university system, the education system. Will this continue to spread?

A: It will. It is happening very slowly, but very steadily. I organized four rallies before I left Egypt and I think the first rally started with 100 people and the fourth one had a thousand people and now there are others organizing rallies and protests. This would have been unheard of two or three years ago, even one year ago, but now it is not. The first time there was a direct challenge to the regime happened only one year ago. The only kind of rallies that were allowed by the regime were anti-American and anti-Israeli rallies.

Q: And Mubarak has also opened new relations with Israel.

A: Yes, he did this when the US and Europe began making some noise about democracy in the Middle East. Mubarak thinks that if he defines his role in the Arab-Israeli conflict and if he mediates an Israeli-Palestinian deal, that somehow this will endear him to the West and get him off the hook and ward off the rising tide of resistance that is growing in Egypt.

Q: So should are we witnessing the beginnings of an authentic change in the region?

A: Well you have the Orientalists or some so-called Arabists, or area specialists who talk a lot about “Arab exceptionalism”: this idea that democracy cannot exist in the Arab world. Somehow the democratic changes that spread throughout the Third World starting in Portugal back in 1974, and then moved to Spain, and then to Greece, then to Latin America and back to East Asia and then to Eastern and Central Europe and what we social scientists called the third wave of democracy has not rooted itself in the Middle East. Of course, this third wave is now 31 years old and people wonder why has the wave not yet broken at the Arab shores?  And some people have said well, it’s Arab exceptionalism: that there is something about our culture, or Islam, which somehow defies democracy.  And of course a few of us who have been fighting for democracy in the region have taken issue with this kind of proposition. Arab exceptionalism? We are human beings like everybody else, and we can have democracy too.

Many people do not realize that Egypt, for example, had its first constitution and its first elected political party back in 1866—very few people recognize this or remember it. And we have had a liberal age from the middle of the 19th Century to the middle of the 20th century, but because of the last 30 years, peoples’ memories—at least outside the region—have become tuned or conditioned to thinking that the problems in the Middle East must be a chronic condition, not that they are only 30 years old, and not realizing that the reason for the current state of the Middle East was first, the Arab-Israeli conflict, and two, the Cold War.

The Cold War made the United States and other western democracies look the other way when it came to political oppression and allowed them to deal with tyrants and dictators.  But even President Bush, with his limited reading of world history, or whoever writes his speeches for him, engaged in some courtesy of United States foreign policy in his big speech a year and three months ago. He said that for 60 years the United States and other western countries, sacrificed democracy for the sake of stability and for Cold War constituents. It was a big mistake, it was a policy that produced, in the long run, over 60 years, a lot of anomalies, including so-called Islamic militancy because religion became the only way to fight the tyrants and getting away with it. The state could not control hundreds of thousands of mosques and so the mosque became a platform. In as much as it was the case with the Catholic Church in Poland, it became a platform for dissidents who wanted to get away with opposition to Communism.

In the Middle East, the mosque has played that role. And of course the outcome of this was, among other things, 9/11. That the 19 people who perpetrated the attacks on 9/11 came from Saudi Arabia and Egypt–two countries that the United States has befriended—Saudi Arabia for the last 33 years and Egypt for the last 40 years is very telling. These are countries that the United States befriended and supported, backing tyrannical regimes. At the end of the day this produces human beings who are angry and hostile, not only to their own regimes, but also to the West which for so long has backed and supported these regimes.

Q: One of the other claims of the Bush Administration  is the role that the Iraq War has played in transforming the Middle East, that it has served as a catalyst for democratic change. What is your take on this?

A: Well, of course, the Bush administration—having failed to produce weapons of mass destruction or to establish a sort of a linkage between Saddam Hussein and Al Qaeda or 9/11—had to find something else to legitimize their invasion of Iraq, which, happily for me, is democracy. And I have to say that part of it, even though it is the wrong pretext for war, is the right thing for us: the democracy activists.

Removing Saddam Hussein has definitely helped the democratic forces in the region to feel that history is on their side and when I am asked about the role of Bush in this regard I see his role are more like a midwife for democracy. Remember, thousands, not hundreds, thousands, have been working for democracy for the last 40 years in this region of the world, and Bush comes into this game—and I am happy that he came—and his role is not unlike a midwife for a region that was already pregnant with the yearning for democracy and he helped to deliver it, although by caesarean.

 That is probably the closest, the most vivid of analogies that we have to use. Am I grateful to him? I am. Should we give credit to him for democratic change in the region? No. That would be unfair to people who died and people who went to prison and sacrificed for human rights and for democracy.

You have to remember, Radio Free America helped deliver democracy and freedom to Eastern Europe and ultimately to the Soviet Union. And this has to be acknowledged that there is a role for the West and in the same way we have to give credit to the Bush administration and to the Europeans who have been really working hard for democracy in the Middle East. 

Q: You’ve also done a lot of work on Islamic thought and you mentioned before that the history of democratic and liberal ideas in the Arab world stretches back to the 19th century. What do you see as the relationship or the affinity between these progressive ideas in Islamic thought, and those from western thought like the Enlightenment?

A: Like all relationships, you would find, in Islam, a lot of strain and at a defense of the alignment of political and intellectual forces anywhere, you can push the freedom which goes back to the Mutazillites in Islam. Most people don’t realize these were free thinkers, many of them were persecuted by Caliphs and they had to flee.  People like Ibn Khaldun himself, moving from one country to the other. So there is a conservative, reactionary strain in Islam that has always favored people in power. They will propagate a version of Islam that they push as the status quo, fueled with tradition, if you knew Arabic I could really say what phrase they use, and that is “to put up with a tyrant, is better than division.” So they call it in Arab tradition fitma the would rather put up with a tyrant that allows tradition (inaudible). And that would be the model of that strained conservatism. Don’t stand up to resist rulers because they may create division in tradition and they’ll set the Muslim nation, or the umma, back.

Q: But there is also a skepticism of reason, if one thinks of al-Ghazali for instance, of reason itself, a critique of the falsafa tradition which was promulgating rational interpretation of Islam and Islamic culture.

A: There were the three strains in Islamic thought, and now I will over-simplify. There were the free-thinkers, or the Mutazillites; a conservative religious strain that was favored by the Sultans; and there were the escapists or the Sufis and figures like al-Ghazali. These three strains have been preserved, and of course by the time you come to the 20th century you find again an attempt to revive the rationalist school with people such as al-Afghani and others. But very quickly they were marginalized.

Q: Why were they marginalized?

A: Because they were pushing for reform of Islam.

Q: It was political…

A: Yes. And this fits into what we are trying to do now at the Ibn Khaldun Center. We have one person there who is more of a Mutazillite, a free thinker—and he is now leading the movement for Islamic reformation. He has been influenced by many of the older thinkers from Islamic philosophy, that older current, but also from a more recent current, by thinkers such as Afghani and Muhammed Abdul.

The big discussion now is that Islam has not undergone a reformation. 

Q: So there are these two philosophical strains:  reason on the one hand and conservative reaction, fundamentalism, on the other. We could see a figure like Sayyid Qutb as a figure of reaction.  What is balance of power in terms of influence in the Islamic world between the two?

A: We are the weakest. Those that are calling for an Islamic reformation are by far the weakest.  However, our call is gaining in strength and there is a realization now that there is a need for an Islamic reformation.  Right now we have 30 Islamic thinkers who are meeting regularly, from Indonesia to Morocco. Our last meeting was in October, in fact.  The meeting was broken into by some reactionaries as well as state security thugs and was disrupted.  They accused us of being heretics and that we had no business talking about an Islamic reformation, that Islam had no need of reform. The very idea that Islam needs change or correction is an affront to them.

There is now one outfit in Washington called the Joint Symposium on Islam and Democracy, there is also the Ibn Khaldun Center in Cairo, and there are others as well. And we are trying to bring these people together into a network. So there is a movement which is gaining in strength. But compared to the other two forces of reaction, we don’t have the backing of the state and we have no access to mass media. The radicals can use thousands of mosques to preach, and the state can use the mass media, but we have neither so it’s a problem. 

Q: So according to this network of scholars—what exactly would a reformed Islam look like with respect to politics? In the west this began with the push for the separation of Church and State…

A: That is exactly what the Islamic reformers have enunciated. One cannot simply take from the west; the reinterpretation of Islam that is happening with this group of reformist scholars is also important. They are good Muslim scholars and can debate any technicality of religious law. They have come up with one important proposition: that freedom is a central Quranic value. From this, they are able to elaborate other values like equality, gender equality, human rights, democracy; for the separation between religion and the state. At the core of this is the idea that religion and the state corrupt one another—hence, their separation is vital for the survival of both.

Q: This was Luther’s argument as well…

A: Of course.

Q: One last question. What do you think America’s role in future should be in Middle East?

A: They should be concerned, but from a distance.  If they move too close, then they will discredit us, the reformers and the human rights activists and those pushing for democracy. What we need for the United States to do now is to weaken their support for the tyrants: for the Mubaraks, for the Abdullahs. We can do battle with them on our own terms if they do not have the backing and support of the United States or other western powers.

Look at Egypt: they get $4 billion a year, $2 billion from the United States and another $2 billion from Europe and Japan. This creates a rentier state where there is no accountability for the state to its people since it is supported from abroad. And they can get away with more. Of course, there should not be sanctions which only end up hurt the people. But the United States should condition its financial support for different countries on a timetable for genuine political and social change. Enable democratic forces to have at least a stable footing against the dictators. I don’t have access to a newspaper, the maximum number of people I can get in my Center is maybe 100 per week. So we need more support.

But things are moving. Not as quickly as I would like, but gradually, and peacefully. And that’s important: we don’t want violent change—like what happened in Romania and Ceaucescu. The region has had enough bloodshed. So we want to fight our battles peacefully, and the United States and western powers can aid in this reform for greater freedom and political reform.  And I think within five to ten years there will be major reform.

Voir aussi:

 Obama is too friendly with tyrants

Saad Eddin Ibrahim

The Washinton Post

Tuesday, June 15, 2010

When a billboard appeared outside a small Minnesota town early this year showing a picture of George W. Bush and the words "Miss me yet?" the irony was not lost on many in the Arab world. Most Americans may not miss Bush, but a growing number of people in the Middle East do. Bush’s wars in Iraq and Afghanistan remain unpopular in the region, but his ardent support for democracy was heartening to Arabs living under stalled autocracies. Reform activists in Lebanon, Egypt, Kuwait and elsewhere felt empowered to press for greater freedoms during the Bush years. Unfortunately, Bush’s strong support for democracy contrasts sharply with President Obama’s retreat on this critical issue.

To be sure, the methods through which Bush pursued his policies left much to be desired, but his persistent rhetoric and efforts produced results. From 2005 to 2006, 11 contested elections took place in the Middle East: in Iraq, Afghanistan, Palestine, Lebanon, Kuwait, Jordan, Yemen, Egypt and Mauritania. These elections were not perfect, but the advances sparked unprecedented sociopolitical dynamism and unleashed tremendous pent-up desire for democratic choice. Photos of jubilant Iraqi women proudly displaying the indelible ink on their fingers after voting were followed by images of Egyptian opposition voters using ladders to enter polling stations when regime officials tried to block the doorways.

Peaceful opposition groups proliferated in Egypt during the Bush years: Youth for Change, Artists for Change, Egypt’s Independent Judges and, perhaps the most well-known, Kefaya. That Iraq has held two genuinely contested and fair multiparty elections, on schedule, indicates that democracy is indeed taking root again there after 60 years of the most oppressive dictatorial rule.

To be fair, Bush did back away from his support for Arab reform in his second term. But the image of his support stuck. Why has Obama distanced himself from his predecessor’s support for democracy promotion? One unsurprising outcome is that the regime in Egypt has reverted to wholesale imprisonment and harassment of political dissidents.

Despite his promises of change when speaking in Cairo last June, Obama has retreated to Cold War policies of favoring stability and even support for "friendly tyrants." Far from establishing an imaginative policy of tying the substantial U.S. foreign aid to the region to political reform, the Obama administration has given a free pass to Egypt’s ailing 82-year-old autocrat, Hosni Mubarak. Last month when Mubarak’s regime extended the "emergency law" under which it has ruled for 29 years, prohibiting even small political rallies and sending civilians to military courts, Washington barely responded.

Apparently the Obama administration thinks that strengthening ties with Mubarak will encourage Egypt to become more proactive in the Israeli-Palestinian peace process. But Mubarak has not advanced Israeli-Palestinian peace beyond what his predecessor, Anwar Sadat, accomplished in the 1970s, and the Egyptian leader has tightened his crackdown on Egypt’s brave young pro-democracy bloggers. Egypt is scheduled to hold two important elections over the next 18 months, votes that could well shape the future of democracy in the Middle East’s largest country and the region itself. What tone does President Obama want to see established in this volatile neighborhood?

Democracy and human rights advocates in the Middle East listened with great anticipation to Obama’s speech in Cairo. Today, Egyptians are not just disappointed but stunned by what appears to be outright promotion of autocracy in their country. What is needed now is a loud and clear message from the United States and the global community of democracies that the Egyptian people deserve free, fair and transparent elections. Congress is considering a resolution to that effect for Uganda. Such a resolution for Egypt is critical given the immense U.S. support for Egypt. Just as we hope for a clear U.S. signal on democracy promotion, we must hope that the Obama administration will cease its coddling of dictators.

The writer, an Egyptian sociologist and democracy activist living in exile, is a distinguished visiting professor at Drew University in Madison, N.J.

 Voir enfin:

L’Amérique se passionne pour le soulèvement arabe

Jean-Pierre Filiu

Marianne

 18 Février 2011

Cette semaine, Marianne laisse carte blanche à Jean-Pierre Filiu*. Pour lui, une grande partie des États-Unis, qui ne voyait jusque-là dans le monde arabe qu’une pépinière de terroristes, est amenée à revoir son analyse de l’islamisme. Loin du fantasme Ben Laden mis en exergue par les néoconservateurs, Barack Obama évoque une communauté de destin entre États-Unis et monde musulman. 

 

Marianne : Quel premier bilan tirez-vous des révolutions tunisienne et égyptienne ?

Jean-Pierre Filiu : Il faudrait être capable d’analyser ce qui arrive dans certains pays arabes, en se libérant de la grille fixiste qui enserre trop souvent nos raisonnements. N’en déplaise à tout ce qu’on est fondé à craindre, ce ne sont pas les islamistes qui tiennent l’agenda des révolutions en cours – et pas davantage leurs objectifs à long terme ne le déterminent. Que les islamistes soient un parti puissant et organisé (Égypte) ou un courant affaibli par l’exil forcé de son chef et le haut degré de laïcité de la société (Tunisie), n’a que peu d’influence sur les réflexes conditionnés d’une grande partie des Occidentaux… L’alternative « dictature ou islamisme », ici, n’est plus opérante, car le chaos, dans plus d’un cas, a été le fait du parti au pouvoir plutôt que celui des contestataires politiques. En outre, le contexte créé par les soulèvements égyptien et tunisien a suscité une dynamique qui n’est plus analysable avec les seules lunettes du passé. Les batagliya égyptiens ont mené, avec les voyous tunisiens encouragés par le régime de Ben Ali, des pillages, pour déstabiliser les révolutions. Par contraste, les islamistes sont désormais intégrés à des plates-formes où leurs revendications ne donnent pas forcément le ton.

M : Nous allons y revenir. Mais ce dégel arabe est-il une bonne nouvelle pour Al-Qaida ?

J.-P.F. : Non, tout au contraire, c’est une catastrophe. D’où le mutisme persistant de l’internationale terroriste. En moins d’un mois, tout leur arsenal idéologique s’est brutalement effondré. Les masses ne les suivent pas, elles réclament la démocratie, les élections libres et une fonction publique honnête – toutes notions qui, pour Al-Qaida, relèvent de l’hérésie ! L’autre pilier qui s’effondre pour l’organisation de Ben Laden, c’est l’idée que seule la violence pouvait venir à bout des dictatures soutenues par l’« ennemi lointain » américano-occidental. Cette débâcle stratégique n’empêche pas la centrale terroriste de rester aux aguets. On ne peut pas exclure d’ailleurs, de la part d’Al-Qaida, des provocations délibérées pour perturber et paralyser le mouvement démocratique. Pour l’heure, la Tunisie, qui est à la portée des maquis de Kabylie d’Al-Qaida, n’a été frappée d’aucune provocation, preuve de la désintégration des réseaux jihadistes.

M : Le monde né des décombres des attentats du 11 septembre 2001 s’achève-t-il ?

J.-P.F. : Oui, et rien ne l’illustre avec plus d’éloquence que le tour du débat aux États-Unis.

M. : Pour parler en termes géopolitiques, sort-on de la rumination chère à Samuel Huntington du « choc des civilisations » ?

J.-P.F. : En fait, le mouvement qui s’opère est plus vaste : Fukuyama et sa « fin de l’histoire » comme Huntington et son « choc des civilisations » sont deux modèles idéologiques également frappés de caducité. Tout se passe comme si les derniers événements en Tunisie et en Égypte marquaient l’actualisation du discours du Caire, en mai 2009, sur les valeurs partagées de l’Amérique et de l’islam. Au paradigme, un temps dominant en Amérique, de l’affrontement entre blocs civilisationnels, le 44e président américain a opposé l’idée d’une communauté de destin morale entre les États-Unis et le monde musulman, par rapport à l’extrémisme ravageur d’Al-Qaida. L’environnement médiatique quotidien des Américains a changé. Au lieu que passent en boucle des images de Ben Laden et de ses lieutenants dans leurs grottes, ce sont les jeunes internautes en pleine insurrection qui leur sont montrés, déclenchant chez eux une identification inédite.

M. : Il reste, malgré tout, une droite américaine nostalgique des anciens régimes…

J.-P.F. : Disons plutôt qu’une partie de la droite américaine, la plus proche des positions classiques des républicains, désapprouve le mouvement en cours. Mais l’Amérique dans son ensemble se passionne pour les révolutions arabes. L’éditorialiste Thomas Friedman donne largement le ton, dans les colonnes du New York Times, où il fait montre d’une empathie communicative envers la « do-it-yourself revolution ».

L’administration Obama, du fait de la dimension intérieure, a communiqué jour après jour abondamment, ce qui a pu donner une impression de « pilotage à vue » vis-à-vis du régime finissant de Moubarak. Reste ceci : la profonde division de la droite américaine, hésitante sur sa réponse idéologique, car écartelée entre deux postulats contradictoires. Aux néoconservateurs entonnant l’air du « on vous l’avait bien dit », et pour lesquels les changements de régime en cours doivent être interprétés comme une validation de leurs thèses, s’oppose une droite classique, moins idéologique, et pour laquelle Obama rentrera dans l’histoire comme le président qui, sans aucune contrepartie, a « perdu » Moubarak et a fragilisé la position des États-Unis au Moyen-Orient, à l’instar de Carter avec l’Iran du chah. Ces conservateurs classiques insistent volontiers sur le « lâchage » corollaire d’Israël, qui apparaît paradoxalement moins problématique à de nombreux néoconservateurs, tributaires d’un seul agenda : celui de la « démocratisation » universelle, « kantienne » en son principe et en son action.

M. : Quel vous paraît devoir être l’avenir de cette vague démocratique ?

J.-P.F. : En Egypte comme en Tunisie, le mouvement s’émancipe du déterminisme patriarcal. On n’est pas dans le « meurtre du père » mais dans son expulsion : on lui dit : « Dégage ! » C’est pour cela que la disgrâce de Ben Ali, célébré en 1987 par l’opposition comme par la population pour avoir renversé Bourguiba, est particulièrement éclairante. Nous assistons là à un tournant historique majeur : ni les Tunisiens ni les Égyptiens ne veulent substituer un lider maximo à un autre. Tout ce qui ira vers davantage de parlementarisme (une notion qui n’est pas étrangère à l’Égypte) et moins de présidentialisme apparaît porteur d’avenir.

M. : Est-il raisonnable de suspendre toute méfiance envers les Frères musulmans ?

J.-P.F. : On est en plein basculement d’une matrice vers l’autre. Les Frères musulmans, après tout, ont accompagné plus que suscité le mouvement. Subissant la nouvelle donne, ils ont été les premiers à chercher à négocier avec Omar Souleiman. En embuscade, ils ont un rival, le modèle turc d’un islamisme modéré, à l’aise dans la mondialisation capitaliste. Or, le modèle turc continue à profiter du repoussoir de l’armée. Comme il n’existe pas de réponse islamique sérieuse à quelque défi qui se pose à l’Égypte, les Frères musulmans peuvent y être tentés par une évolution « à la turque ». 

* Professeur à Sciences-Po et professeur invité à l’université Columbia, à New York. A publié Apocalypse dans l’Islam, Fayard. A paraître : La Véritable Histoire d’Al-Qaida, Hachette Pluriel, mars 2011.


Egypte: Cachez cette révolution que je ne saurai voir (No Iraqi revolution please, we’re French)

12 février, 2011
Aux armes citoyens (…) Qu’un sang impur abreuve nos sillons! Hymne national du Pays autoproclamé des droits de l’homme
Pourquoi le Tiers-Etat ne renverrait-il pas dans les forêts de Franconie toutes ces familles qui conservent la folle prétention d’être issues de la race des conquérants …?Abbé Sieyès
On doit noter que le premier à prendre à son compte la coexistence en France de peuples différents, d’origines différentes, fut aussi le premier à élaborer une pensée raciale définie. Le comte de Boulainvilliers, noble français qui écrivit au début du XVIIIe siècle des oeuvres qui ne furent publiées qu’après sa mort, interprétait l’histoire de la France comme l’histoire de deux nations différentes dont l’une, d’origine germanique, avait conquis les premiers habitants, les « Gaulois », leur avait imposé sa loi, avait pris leurs terres et s’y était installée comme classe dirigeante, en « pairs » dont les droits suprêmes s’appuyaient sur le « droit de conquête » et sur la « nécessité » de l’obéissance toujours due au plus fort. Hannah Arendt
La Révolution française, après tout, a connu sa phase démocratique, puis terroriste, puis thermidorienne – sans compter, avec le culte de l’Etre suprême, son moment théocratique. Et si c’était cela qui se produisait, mais à l’échelle, non d’un pays, mais d’un monde ? Et si le même monde pouvait être le théâtre, au même moment ou presque, de révolutions spontanément démocratiques (Tunis), immédiatement terroristes (Téhéran) ou possiblement théocratiques (une Egypte où l’on ne barrerait pas la route, tout de suite, aux Frères) ? BHL
Vers une dictature intégriste en Egypte? Adler
Les masques tombent. Nos trois intellectuels dénoncent un éventuel extrémisme en Egypte mais soutiennent celui au pouvoir en Israël. Ils critiquent l’absence de démocratie dans le monde arabe mais s’émeuvent dès qu’elle est en marche. Leur priorité n’est pas la démocratie mais la docilité à l’égard d’Israël, fut-il gouverné avec l’extrême droite. Pascal Boniface
Avec la mesure et la lucidité qui le caractérisent, Jean-François Kahn écrit, ce lundi dans Libération : "Ne pas soutenir, ne pas applaudir l’insurrection démocratique en Egypte ou ailleurs s’apparente, même du point de vue de la laïcité, à une trahison". Celui qui s’était opposé (avec beaucoup d’autres) à la libération par la force de l’Irak – pays qui démontre aujourd’hui, que cela plaise ou non, qu’un peuple arabo-musulman peut accéder à la démocratie – veut croire que le risque d’une récupération islamiste de la révolution en Egypte ne vaut pas les réserves émises notamment par Alain Finkielkraut quand il dit: "Je suis fasciné, mais prudent". "Diaboliser a priori toute tentative de réintégrer l’islamisme politique à un jeu démocratique exigeant confinerait à l’aveuglement", assure le sermonneur centriste. Après tout, Barack H. Obama ne dit pas autre chose quand il laisse comprendre, appliquant sa politique d’apaisement avec l’islam politique, que les Frères musulmans, mouvement d’essence totalitaire, ont un rôle à jouer dans la reconstruction de l’Egypte. Pour ma part, autant j’approuve ceux qui, en Europe, soutiennent les authentiques démocrates de Tunisie et d’Egypte, autant je redoute ces belles âmes qui, au lieu de se taire, croient malin de justifier une place à l’islamisme. Il n’a vraiment pas besoin de ce genre d’encouragements.  Ivan Rioufol
Renforcez les forces armées, relâchez votre emprise, et il y aura un coup d’Etat. Alors vous aurez un dictateur, mais quelqu’un d’équitable. (…) Oubliez la démocratie, les Irakiens sont par nature trop durs.Moubarak (à une délégation de parlementaires américains, 2008)
 We see the democracy the United States spearheaded in Iran and with Hamas, in Gaza, and that’s the fate of the Middle East. They may be talking about democracy but they don’t know what they’re talking about and the result will be extremism and radical Islam. Mubarak (entretien téléphonique avec parlementaire israélien)
He had been a cruel and effective cop on the banks of the Nile, but the furies repressed in Egypt had come America’s way. The jihadists who hadn’t been able to overthrow Mr. Mubarak had struck at American targets instead. We must remember that Mohamed Atta and Ayman Zawahiri were bred in the tyrannical republic of Hosni Mubarak. (…) Several years ago, in the aftermath of the decapitation of the Saddam regime in Baghdad, the administration of George W. Bush had made a run at Hosni Mubarak: They wanted him to open up his country, give it a badly needed dose of reform. They had taken notice of the anti-Americanism and the antimodernism of his regime. He had belittled the Iraq war and declared it a project of folly. He had spoken openly of Iraq’s need for the heavy hand of a strongman. Democracy was not for the Arabs—not now—this autocrat of the barracks proclaimed. Mr. Mubarak waited out that American moment of enthusiasm. He appealed to his country’s nativism. He didn’t have to worry. The Bush administration would soon abandon its "diplomacy of freedom." It had done heavy, burdensome work in Iraq, and it would now leave well enough alone. Mr. Mubarak then smashed a nascent challenge to his tyranny: a fragile liberal movement whose name alone summed up the alienation between pharaoh and his people: Kifaya, "Enough!"  Fouad Ajami
Today, everyone and his cousin supports the "freedom agenda." Of course, yesterday it was just George W. Bush, Tony Blair and a band of neocons with unusual hypnotic powers who dared challenge the received wisdom of Arab exceptionalism – the notion that Arabs, as opposed to East Asians, Latin Americans, Europeans and Africans, were uniquely allergic to democracy. Indeed, the left spent the better part of the Bush years excoriating the freedom agenda as either fantasy or yet another sordid example of U.S. imperialism.Now everyone, even the left, is enthusiastic for Arab democracy. Fine. Fellow travelers are welcome. But simply being in favor of freedom is not enough. (…) As the states of the Arab Middle East throw off decades of dictatorship, their democratic future faces a major threat from the new totalitarianism: Islamism. As in Soviet days, the threat is both internal and external. Iran, a mini-version of the old Soviet Union, has its own allies and satellites – Syria, Lebanon and Gaza – and its own Comintern, with agents operating throughout the region to extend Islamist influence and undermine pro-Western secular states. That’s precisely why in this revolutionary moment, Iran boasts of an Islamist wave sweeping the Arab world. (…) Therefore, just as during the Cold War the U.S. helped keep European communist parties out of power, it will be U.S. policy to oppose the inclusion of totalitarian parties – the Muslim Brotherhood or, for that matter, communists – in any government, whether provisional or elected, in newly liberated Arab states. Charles Krauthammer
Once upon a time, a number of prominent liberals — among them Thomas Friedman, Fareed Zakaria, John Kerry, Hillary Clinton, Harry Reid — thought it was a good idea to remove Saddam Hussein and supplant his Baathist rule with democracy.(…) By early 2004, almost all that liberal support had entirely dissipated, predicated on two developments. First, a presidential election was just months away and Bush’s war was no longer "mission accomplished" but turning into a campaign liability. Second, a resistance had formed under hardcore Islamists that was beginning to take a heavy toll on American forces. No WMD had been found, and it was now easy to suggest that one could withdraw support for building democracy in Iraq because two of the 23 writs for going to war were no longer operative, the effort was probably lost, and George W. Bush might well deservedly not be reelected. No matter. Bush pressed on. His polls sunk yet he was barely reelected. His ongoing "democracy" agenda got little support from those who once had enthusiastically praised the Iraqi adventure and had proclaimed their belief in universal human rights. Few came to Secretary of State Rice’s support when in 2005 she chastised Hosni Mubarak’s regime to grant fundamental rights. Fewer saw any connection between Saddam’s fate and America’s pro-democratic stance and the Cedar Revolution in Lebanon, the fright of Mr. Gaddafi who gave up his WMD arsenal, or the sudden willingness of Pakistan to harness Dr. Khan. Instead, "spreading democracy" was seen by the left as a wounded George Bush’s quirky tic. His talk about "universal" freedom was ridiculed more as a manifestation of a sort of evangelical Christianity than genuine political idealism. Bush’s zeal for democracy, then, was orphaned: the right was now realist again ("they are either incapable of democracy or not worth the effort to implant it") and the left multicultural ("who are we of all people to say what sort of government others should employ?"). Note especially that Barack Obama, both as senator and presidential candidate, derided the war, declared the surge as failed, and wanted all troops out of Iraq by March 2008, regardless of the effect on the struggling Maliki government. That Bush also confronted Putin over the putdown of Georgia, allowed a plebiscite in Gaza, and warned of the anti-democratic tendencies of a Chavez or Ahmadinejad was drowned out by Iraq. Remember that these were the days of Cindy Sheehan, Michael Moore calling for a right-wing fundamentalist insurgent victory in Iraq, and novels and films envisioning the assassination of George Bush. Victor Davis Hanson
Depuis la chute de la dictature de Ben Ali en Tunisie, les dictateurs et autres despotes arabes tremblent devant le vent de liberté, transformé en tempête. Les peuples arabes, compressés depuis des décennies, rêvent de liberté et de démocratie. Ils finissent, à tour de rôle, par réaliser le projet de George W. Bush, qu’ils avaient tant dénoncé. Mediarabe.info 

Cachez cette révolution que je ne saurai voir!

Alors qu’avec  la sortie forcée à la tunisienne de Moubarak par son armée le monde se réjouit de l’accès longuement différé du Monde arabe au "people power" …

Comment ne pas s’étonner de l’étrange silence radio, de nos médias comme de nos intellectuels, sur la révolution à part entière – certes assistée (merci qui?) et encore nécessairement balbutiante – qui a probablement en large mesure  inspiré celles-ci ?

Comment ne pas être surpris, du faussaire Enderlin à notre BHL national, de ces références insistantes à « la seule démocratie de la région » (ie. Israël) excluant précisément la 2e qui au moins depuis 5  ans et contre tant ses terroristes intérieurs que les manipulations de ses voisins, tente de s’implanter entre le Tigre et l’Euphrate?

Comment ne pas aussi douter de la sincérité de nos Pascal Boniface nationaux et de leurs applaudissements sélectifs (pour la chute d’un dictateur pro-américain mais pas celle d’un dictateur avec l’aide américaine) comme de leurs amalgames pervers avec l’intégrisme et l’extrémisme des partis israéliens  actuellement au pouvoir ou leur attribution de la furie khomeiniste aux complots comme aux guerres par Saddam interposé des seuls Américains ?

Comment ne pas voir la mauvaise foi de ces critiques  quand ils font mine de reprocher à nos Adler, BHL et Finkielkraut pour cause d’inquiétude au seul Etat d’Israël, leur compréhensible prudence suite à l’exemple iranien et face à l’évidente menace des Frères musulmans et de leurs complices à la Baradei tant contre les libertés publiques en général que celles de leurs minorités religieuses notamment chrétiennes ?

Comment ne pas voir en effet, quand on est soi-même issu d’une Révolution qui a théorisé la Terreur et la chasse au « sang impur (que nous chantons encore aujourd’hui quand nous ne l’imposons pas à nos derniers arrivés sur nos stades !) et même si on aurait pu souhaiter des mains autrement plus habiles que celles du Hussein pour tenir le forceps …

Qu’après s’être tant bien que mal sortis de la pensée magique et sacrificielle des temps préchrétiens via cet affreux hybride de judéochristianisme qui a pris le nom d’islam puis avoir plus récemment succombé aux tentations nazie ou socialiste

Ces peuples ont toutes les chances de  faire leur troisième et nécessaire révolution via (au moins en partie et à des degrès divers à l’instar notamment de cette révolution irakienne que personne ne veut voir si ce n’est pour en dénoncer avec raison le terrible traitement de ses minorités chrétiennes) ce tout aussi affreux hybride de "modernité" (la nôtre) et de restes d’islam qu’est l’idéologie islamiste?

 Adler, BHL et Finkielkraut anxieux face à la perspective d’une Egypte démocratique

Pascal Boniface

Affaires stratégiques

07 février 2011

Tout le monde devrait se réjouir de la contestation du régime répressif de Moubarak en Égypte. Mais la joie de voir la mise en place d’une véritable démocratie dans ce grand pays arabe est gâchée par une sombre perspective : la prise du pouvoir par les Frères Musulmans. Mais alors que The Economist qui n’est pas précisément un organe islamo-gauchiste se réjouit d’une révolte pacifique, populaire et séculière, trois des principaux intellectuels médiatiques français sont heureusement là pour mettre en garde les naïfs qui stupidement sont toujours prêts à applaudir à la chute des dictateurs.

Dans le Figaro des 29 et 30 janvier, Alexandre Adler est le premier à tirer la sonnette d’alarme dans sa chronique intitulée « Vers une dictature intégriste au Caire ? » dans laquelle il qualifie au passage Mohamed El Baradei, l’une des figures de proue de l’opposition à Moubarak de « pervers polymorphe ».

Alain Finkielkraut prend le relais dans Libération du 3 février. Il se demande si Mohamed El Baradei sera « l’homme de la transition démocratique ou l’idiot utile de l’islamisme » et doute de la possibilité de l’instauration d’un régime démocratique en Égypte à cause des Frères musulmans. Selon lui, il y avait une tradition démocratique en Europe de l’Est mais il doute qu’il y en ait une en Egypte. C’est faux et stupide à la fois. Seule la Tchécoslovaquie avait été une démocratie avant l’instauration du communisme en Europe de l’Est. Et il est curieux d’exiger le préalable d’une tradition démocratique pour une nation qui veut justement faire chuter une dictature. Dans Le Point (dont la couverture est sobrement intitulée « le spectre islamiste »), BHL avoue sa crainte de voir les fondamentalistes bénéficier de la chute de Moubarak avec la perspective d’une Égypte qui suivrait l’exemple iranien.

Ces trois intellectuels relaient en fait les craintes israéliennes face au changement politique en Égypte. Ce qui est assez amusant c’est que les mêmes qui ont dénoncé pendant des lustres l’absence de régimes démocratiques dans le monde arabe s’inquiètent désormais de la possibilité qu’il en existe. Cela ferait tomber leur argument de « Israël la seule démocratie du Proche-Orient » qu’ils psalmodient. Mais surtout cela pourrait signifier la mise en place de régimes moins accommodants avec Israël. Or c’est leur principale pour ne pas dire unique préoccupation.

Il n’est d’ailleurs pas étonnant qu’ils soient passés complètement à côté de la révolution tunisienne ; ils n’ont ni soutenu la révolte populaire comme ils ont pu le faire pour l’Iran, (la Tunisie n’est pas hostile à Israël donc on n’y soutient pas les revendications démocratiques) ni ne se sont inquiétés de ses conséquences comme ils le font pour l’Égypte (la Tunisie n’a pas un rôle clé au Proche Orient).

Ils font un parallèle entre la mise en place d’un régime répressif islamiste en Iran après 1979 et ce qui pourrait se produire en Égypte. Comparaison n’est pas raison ; si le régime des mollahs a pu s’imposer en Iran, c’est en grande partie du fait des craintes d’interventions extérieures américaines (et du précédent Mossadegh) et face à l’agression à partir de 1980 de Saddam Hussein, à l’époque soutenu unanimement par le monde occidental. Le sentiment de menace extérieure a largement servi le régime iranien pour se maintenir en place. C’est d’ailleurs une règle générale qui ne vaut pas que pour l’Iran.

Curieusement nos trois vedettes médiatiques qui s’inquiètent fortement de l’arrivée au pouvoir d’un mouvement intégriste religieux n’ont jamais rien dit contre le fait qu’en Israël un parti de de cette nature soit membre depuis longtemps de la coalition gouvernementale. Le parti Shass un parti extrémiste religieux (et raciste) est au pouvoir en Israël avec un autre parti d’extrême droite celui-ci laïc et tout aussi raciste, Israel Beiteinu. Ces deux partis alliés au Likoud essaient d’ailleurs de restreindre les libertés politiques et mettent une très forte pression sur les différentes O.N.G. de défense de droits de l’homme sans que nos trois intellectuels s’en émeuvent particulièrement.

Les Frères musulmans peuvent-ils prendre seul le pouvoir ? C’est fortement improbable pour ne pas dire impossible. Un gouvernement auquel éventuellement participeraient les Frères musulmans pourrait lever le blocus sur Gaza. Il ne se lancerait pas dans une guerre contre Israël du fait du rapport de forces militaires largement favorable à Israël sans parler de l’appui stratégique américain. Ce qui pourrait se produire par contre, c’est qu’un autre gouvernement égyptien soit moins accommodant avec l’actuelle coalition de droite et d’extrême-droite au pouvoir en Israël. Mais est-ce si grave qu’un pays démocratique d’une part ait une politique indépendante et d’autre part ne laisse pas carte blanche à un gouvernement de droite et d’extrême-droite ?

Les masques tombent. Nos trois intellectuels dénoncent un éventuel extrémisme en Egypte mais soutiennent celui au pouvoir en Israël. Ils critiquent l’absence de démocratie dans le monde arabe mais s’émeuvent dès qu’elle est en marche. Leur priorité n’est pas la démocratie mais la docilité à l’égard d’Israël, fut-il gouverné avec l’extrême droite.

Voir aussi :

 «Y a-t-il une tradition démocratique en Egypte ? Je l’espère.»

Eric Aeschimann

Libération

03/02/2011

Interview Inquiet de la montée de l’islamisme, le philosophe Alain Finkielkraut reste prudent :

  Mais où sont passés les défenseurs des droits de l’homme ? Que pensent-ils, ces intellectuels qui, au nom de la démocratisation du monde arabe, avaient refusé de condamner l’intervention américaine en Irak ? Nés du combat contre le totalitarisme soviétique, ces «néoconservateurs à la française» n’ont cessé de dénoncer l’islamisme ces dernières années, toujours au nom de la démocratie. Or, aujourd’hui, ils sont silencieux. Pas un qui n’ait appelé à soutenir les démocrates tunisiens et égyptiens comme ils le firent pour la Géorgie ou l’Ukraine. Pour Libération, le philosophe Alain Finkielkraut (1) explique les raisons de cette prudence.

Généralement prompts à soutenir les démocrates partout dans le monde, les intellectuels français restent silencieux devant les soulèvements des peuples tunisien et égyptien. Pourquoi ?

Je suis fasciné, mais prudent. Il y a un précédent : en 1979, en Iran, un dictateur a été chassé du pouvoir. Cela a donné la révolution islamique, dont tout le monde ou presque s’accorde à dire qu’elle est au moins aussi terrible et peut-être pire que le régime du chah par un irrésistible mouvement populaire. A l’époque, on a beaucoup reproché à Michel Foucault son enthousiasme trop hâtif. Raison de plus, aujourd’hui, pour ne pas se précipiter. Bien sûr, il y a quelque chose de merveilleux à voir un peuple se révolter contre un pouvoir autocratique et prédateur. Mais nous savons aussi que, pendant ce temps, les coptes sont en très mauvaise posture et que cela n’est pas le fait de Moubarak, mais d’une partie du peuple. Si les Frères musulmans devaient prendre le pouvoir, leur situation se détériorerait encore et le traité de paix avec Israël pourrait être dénoncé.

Les peuples arabes seraient-ils par nature incapables de vouloir la démocratie ?

En Egypte, les manifestants s’interrompent pour faire la prière. Cette révolte contient des potentialités libératrices. Mais Sayyid Qutb, mort en 1966 et qui reste la principale référence idéologique des Frères musulmans, dénonçait l’errance des incroyants, des juifs, des chrétiens. Il fustigeait aussi «cette liberté bestiale qu’on appelle la mixité» et «ce marché d’esclaves qu’on appelle émancipation de la femme». Si cette idéologie arrive au pouvoir, un mouvement démocratique aura mis fin aux libertés démocratiques.

Pourquoi vous méfiez-vous des révolutions qui font tomber les dictatures arabes, tandis que vous aviez accueilli dans la joie les révolutions qui ont fait tomber les régimes communistes ?

Parce que, dans les pays de l’Est, il y avait une tradition démocratique dont les intellectuels dissidents, notamment tchécoslovaques ou polonais, étaient les héritiers. Une telle tradition existe-t-elle en Egypte ? Je l’espère, mais je n’en suis pas sûr. Mohamed el-Baradei n’est pas le Václav Havel égyptien, car tout le monde sait, ou devrait savoir, que lorsqu’il était directeur de l’Agence internationale pour l’énergie atomique (AIEA), il a sciemment minimisé le programme nucléaire iranien et occulté certains documents qui compromettaient Téhéran. Mohamed el-Baradei a parlé des Frères musulmans comme de simples conservateurs comparables aux islamistes turcs de l’AKP. Or l’AKP doit composer avec les laïcs et ceux-ci ont, en Turquie, une force et une légitimité sans équivalent dans les pays arabes. En outre, la modération d’Erdogan [Premier ministre turc, ndlr] est toute relative, comme en témoigne son rapprochement avec l’Iran. El-Baradei sera-t-il l’homme de la transition démocratique ou l’idiot utile de lislamisme ?

1)      Dernier ouvrage paru : «L’explication», avec Alain Badiou, éditions Lignes. Lire aussi page 18

 

Voir également:

Avec les démocrates égyptiens

 Bernard-Henri Lévy

Le Point

10/02/2011

C’est étrange, ce besoin qu’ont certains de dire que les intellectuels seraient " embarrassés " par la révolution en cours dans le monde arabe.

Les intellectuels en général, je ne sais pas.

Mais pour ce qui me concerne, les choses sont assez claires.

J’ai salué, dès le premier jour, le vent de liberté qui a commencé par souffler en Tunisie, puis s’est déplacé vers l’Egypte et qui est en train de s’étendre au reste de la région.

Et je l’ai fait avec d’autant plus d’enthousiasme que l’événement sonne le glas d’un certain nombre d’idées reçues que je combats depuis vingt ans – à commencer par celle, raciste, d’une " exception arabe " rendant cette partie du monde rétive, par essence, à l’idée de démocratie.

La preuve est faite que non.

La preuve est faite que les différentialistes, culturalistes et autres défaitistes qui arguaient d’on ne sait quelle fatalité pour fermer à ces peuples les chemins de l’émancipation n’avaient, une fois de plus, rien compris.

Et il est, comme d’habitude, vérifié que la démocratie est un bien commun et que, partout, je dis bien partout, où il y a de l’oppression, de la servitude, des violations massives des droits, il se trouve des hommes et des femmes, en plus ou moins grand nombre, pour s’aviser de ce bien commun et en réclamer leur part.

Alors, après, l’enthousiasme n’exclut pas la lucidité.

Et la lucidité comme, d’ailleurs, la probité appellent, en la circonstance, plusieurs remarques.

1. Révolté ne veut pas nécessairement dire démocrate. Et le fait est qu’il y avait, place Tahrir, au Caire, parmi les centaines de milliers de citadins qui ont campé, pendant des jours, dans l’espoir de faire chuter le régime, des démocrates et d’autres – les Frères musulmans – qui ne l’étaient absolument pas.

2. J’ai souvent dit que le seul choc des civilisations qui compte est, au sein même de l’islam, le choc entre islam des Lumières et islam fondamentaliste, rigoriste, éventuellement terroriste. Eh bien voilà. Nous en sommes là. C’est exactement la situation qui prévaut dans l’Egypte d’aujourd’hui. Mais dire que l’islam des Lumières s’affirme, progresse, sort de l’ombre, ne veut pas dire, malheureusement, que l’autre soit vaincu ni qu’il faille désarmer face à lui. Les démocrates ont à se battre, en d’autres termes, non pas sur un, mais sur deux fronts. Non pas contre un ennemi, mais contre deux. Et je ne vois pas au nom de quoi il faudrait s’interdire de penser qu’ils ont à défaire Moubarak, d’un côté ; mais qu’ils ont à empêcher, de l’autre, les héritiers de Hassan el-Banna de profiter de la situation pour remplacer la tyrannie par leur propre ordre de fer.

3. D’autant que, dans ce jeu à trois termes, d’étranges alliances peuvent se nouer dont une, en particulier, suffirait à éteindre la flamme qui s’est allumée place Tahrir. Cette alliance, c’est celle de Moubarak et des Frères. C’est celle qui pourrait naître du dialogue engagé par le vice-président Souleiman, et béni par les Etats-Unis, avec tous les représentants de l’opposition – au premier rang desquels, inévitablement, les Frères. Et je ne vois pas en quoi ce serait être exagérément Cassandre que de redouter que la confrérie ne prenne l’avantage sur, par exemple, les mouvements dits du 6 avril ou Kefaya et que, se liguant avec le raïs et, surtout, avec son armée, elle n’éteigne en douceur l’espoir démocratique égyptien.

Alors, que peuvent faire les chancelleries qui observent, tétanisées, cette lueur qui se lève au sud ?

Elles doivent se convaincre, d’abord, qu’elles ont intérêt à la démocratie : prenez un traité de paix comme celui avec Israël ; signé avec un dictateur, il dure ce que dure sa dictature et, quand celle-ci chute, risque de tomber à l’eau avec elle ; ratifié par un Parlement légitimement élu, il survit aux changements de majorité, s’inscrit dans la durée, gagne en solidité.

Elles doivent résister, ensuite, au lâche soulagement que pourrait leur inspirer un accord entre les Frères et le régime : ce serait le replâtrage de la dictature ; ce serait la mise en selle d’une force dont seuls les irresponsables nous garantissent qu’elle a " mûri " et renoncé à la charia ; et ce serait la répétition, donc, de l’erreur commise, il y a trente ans, en Afghanistan, avec les talibans ; est-ce cela que nous voulons ?

Et rien n’interdit, enfin, de s’adresser aux différents acteurs qui – y compris, hélas, les Frères – émergent du mouvement et d’indexer notre soutien sur le respect, par eux, d’un certain nombre de conditions : l’engagement, justement, à ne pas remettre en question le traité avec Israël (que vaudrait une démocratie qui commencerait par rompre avec la seule démocratie de la région ?) ; la proclamation du principe de liberté de conscience et de culte (le sort fait aux coptes et, plus généralement, aux chrétiens n’est-il pas, dans cette partie de la planète, un bon marqueur de l’idée que l’on se fait de la tolérance ?) ; l’affirmation, enfin, de l’égalité des droits pour les femmes (elles sont, en Egypte comme ailleurs dans le monde arabo-musulman, le fer de lance des contestations – que vaudrait une avancée démocratique qui les verrait, à l’arrivée, plus maltraitées que sous la dictature ?

La révolution égyptienne est en marche.

L’aider à s’imposer est de la responsabilité de chacun.

Voir aussi: 

Pourquoi l’Egypte n’est peut-être pas la Tunisie

Bernard-Henri Lévy

Le Point

 03/02/2011

Bien sûr, il y a des points communs entre la révolution du jasmin en Tunisie et la révolte, aujourd’hui, de l’Egypte.

Le despotisme de Moubarak au moins aussi abject que celui de Ben Ali.

Le même mur de la peur qui tombe, les cent fleurs d’une liberté de parole tout aussi inédite et qui s’épanouissent un peu partout – ne disait-on pas, en Egypte, que le seul endroit où l’on avait le droit d’ouvrir la bouche, c’était chez le dentiste ?

La beauté de l’insurrection ; sa dignité ; cette chaîne humaine, par exemple, qui s’est spontanément organisée pour protéger le musée du Caire après que des pillards s’y étaient introduits.

La demande de démocratie; depuis le temps que l’on nous serinait qu’il y a des peuples ontologiquement étrangers à la revendication démocratique et qui n’y ont pas droit ! eh bien, la preuve est faite que non ; et elle se fait, cette preuve, au Caire autant qu’à Tunis.

Et je ne parle pas du malaise des grandes puissances, égal dans les deux cas : jusqu’à la Chine (qu’il faudra bien s’habituer à placer au premier rang des plus puissantes des grandes puissances) qui a bloqué le mot " Egypte " sur son réseau de micro-blogging Sina !

Reste que les situations ne sont pas, pour autant, les mêmes et que les différences, n’en déplaise à la pensée toute faite, l’emportent sur les points communs.

Moubarak, d’abord, n’est pas tout à fait Ben Ali et, despote pour despote, offrira une résistance plus coriace : en témoigne l’habileté diabolique avec laquelle il a, dès les premières heures du mouvement, retiré sa police, ouvert les portes de ses prisons et laissé la pègre déferler sur la capitale et terroriser les classes moyennes.

Le régime de Ben Ali, ensuite, était un régime policier quand celui de Moubarak est une dictature militaire : or les régimes policiers, avec leurs réseaux de mouchards, d’agents doubles et de flics infiltrés, tiennent tant que les peuples ont peur et tombent quand ils se révoltent ; les dictatures militaires, révolte ou pas, tiennent tant que tient l’armée et ne s’effondrent que quand l’armée les lâche.

L’armée égyptienne, justement, n’est pas l’armée tunisienne : elle fut l’accoucheuse du régime avec Nasser ; son pilier, sous Sadate ; elle est, aujourd’hui, au terme de trente années d’état d’exception, l’ossature, non seulement de l’Etat, mais d’une part de la société – l’imagine-t-on, cette armée, poussant Moubarak dans son avion aussi vite que cela se fit avec Ben Ali ?

La démocratie s’apprend vite ; rien ni personne, je le répète, ne peut faire qu’une société soit condamnée à la non-démocratie ; sauf qu’il serait absurde de nier que la maturité du peuple tunisien, sa culture politique, son niveau d’alphabétisation ne se retrouvent, pour l’heure, ni dans les zones rurales de Haute-Egypte ni dans la mégalopole du Caire avec ses quartiers à l’abandon où, comme à Choubra, au nord, des millions d’habitants ont pour seul horizon les 2 dollars par jour qui leur permettront de survivre jusqu’au lendemain.

D’autant que pèse enfin sur l’Egypte une hypothèque qui pouvait, en Tunisie, être tenue pour négligeable et qui est celle de l’islamisme radical : que les Frères musulmans du Caire aient été, jusqu’ici, d’une extrême prudence, c’est certain ; mais non moins certain demeure leur poids politique (en 1987, la confrérie fut le moteur de l’Alliance islamique qui, malgré la fraude massive, remporta 60 sièges au Parlement !) ; non moins certain est leur quadrillage des organisations sociales du pays (n’ont-ils pas, en mars 2005, conquis pas exemple la majorité des sièges dans le syndicat des avocats ?) ; certaine encore est leur présence, depuis le soir du 27, dans toutes les manifestations (comparez, sur les rares images qui nous arrivent à travers les réseaux sociaux, le nombre de voiles et de robes noires à leur quasi-absence à Tunis) ; et non négligeable, donc, est le risque de les voir ramasser la mise après la chute de Moubarak (avec la perspective d’une Egypte virant au fondamentalisme d’Etat et devenant au sunnisme ce que l’Iran est au chiisme…).

Tout cela pour dire que les révoltés du Caire n’ont pas un ennemi mais deux : Moubarak et les Frères musulmans.

Tout cela pour dire que ce n’est pas un événement qui advient sous nos yeux, mais deux : une révolution réussie à Tunis et une autre, au Caire, qui se cherche.

Et tout cela pour souligner que, pour penser ces événements, pour les concevoir dans leur singularité et les aider à accoucher, surtout, de la meilleure part d’eux-mêmes, il faut se débarrasser des idées toutes faites : à commencer par celle d’une " révolution arabe " unique, émettant sur une longueur d’onde unique, et qu’il faudrait, de Tunis à Sanaa en passant par Alexandrie, saluer dans des termes identiques.

La Révolution française, après tout, a connu sa phase démocratique, puis terroriste, puis thermidorienne – sans compter, avec le culte de l’Etre suprême, son moment théocratique. Et si c’était cela qui se produisait, mais à l’échelle, non d’un pays, mais d’un monde ? Et si le même monde pouvait être le théâtre, au même moment ou presque, de révolutions spontanément démocratiques (Tunis), immédiatement terroristes (Téhéran) ou possiblement théocratiques (une Egypte où l’on ne barrerait pas la route, tout de suite, aux Frères) ? Et si l’on osait, dans ce monde comme dans les autres, rêver de révolutions sautant leurs funestes étapes pour aller droit à un Thermidor heureux (aspiration, à l’heure où j’écris, des forces vives de la révolution en marche en Egypte) ? C’est une hypothèse. Mais qui a le mérite de dire pourquoi l’on se bat et contre qui.

Voir enfin:



 Egypt and the future of Arab democracy: Get rid of Islamists, and freedom will thrive
 

 

 

Charles Krauthammer

The NY Daily News

February 11th 2011

Today, everyone and his cousin supports the "freedom agenda." Of course, yesterday it was just George W. Bush, Tony Blair and a band of neocons with unusual hypnotic powers who dared challenge the received wisdom of Arab exceptionalism – the notion that Arabs, as opposed to East Asians, Latin Americans, Europeans and Africans, were uniquely allergic to democracy. Indeed, the left spent the better part of the Bush years excoriating the freedom agenda as either fantasy or yet another sordid example of U.S. imperialism.

Now everyone, even the left, is enthusiastic for Arab democracy. Fine. Fellow travelers are welcome. But simply being in favor of freedom is not enough. With Egypt in turmoil and in the midst of a perilous transition, we need foreign policy principles to ensure democracy for the long run.

No need to reinvent the wheel. We’ve been through something analogous before. After World War II, Western Europe was newly freed but unstable, in ruin – and in play. The democracy we favored for the continent faced internal and external threats from communist totalitarians. The United States adopted the Truman Doctrine that declared America’s intention to defend these newly free nations.

This meant not just protecting allies at the periphery, such as Greece and Turkey, from insurgency and external pressure, but supporting democratic elements within Western Europe against powerful and determined domestic communist parties.

Powerful they were. The communists were not just the most organized and disciplined. In France, they rose to be the largest postwar party; in Italy, to the second largest. Under the Truman Doctrine, U.S. Presidents used every instrument available, including massive assistance – covert and overt, financial and diplomatic – to democratic parties to keep the communists out of power.

As the states of the Arab Middle East throw off decades of dictatorship, their democratic future faces a major threat from the new totalitarianism: Islamism. As in Soviet days, the threat is both internal and external. Iran, a mini-version of the old Soviet Union, has its own allies and satellites – Syria, Lebanon and Gaza – and its own Comintern, with agents operating throughout the region to extend Islamist influence and undermine pro-Western secular states. That’s precisely why in this revolutionary moment, Iran boasts of an Islamist wave sweeping the Arab world.

We need a foreign policy that not only supports freedom in the abstract but is guided by long-range practical principles to achieve it – a Freedom Doctrine composed of the following elements:

(1) The United States supports democracy throughout the Middle East. It will use its influence to help democrats everywhere throw off dictatorial rule.

(2) Democracy is more than just elections. It requires a free press, the rule of law, the freedom to organize, the establishment of independent political parties and the peaceful transfer of power. Therefore, the transition to democracy and initial elections must allow time for these institutions, most notably political parties, to establish themselves.

(3) The only U.S. interest in the internal governance of these new democracies is to help protect them against totalitarians, foreign and domestic. The recent Hezbollah coup in Lebanon and the Hamas dictatorship in Gaza dramatically demonstrate how anti-democratic elements that achieve power democratically can destroy the very democracy that empowered them.

(4) Therefore, just as during the Cold War the U.S. helped keep European communist parties out of power, it will be U.S. policy to oppose the inclusion of totalitarian parties – the Muslim Brotherhood or, for that matter, communists – in any government, whether provisional or elected, in newly liberated Arab states.

We may not have the power to prevent this. So be it. The Brotherhood may today be so relatively strong in Egypt, for example, that a seat at the table is inevitable. But under no circumstances should a presidential spokesman say, as did Robert Gibbs, that the new order "has to include a whole host of important nonsecular actors." Why gratuitously legitimize Islamists? Instead, Americans should be urgently supporting secular democratic parties in Egypt and elsewhere with training, resources and diplomacy.

We are, unwillingly again, parties to a long twilight struggle, this time with Islamism – most notably Iran, its proxies, and its potential allies, Sunni and Shiite. We should be clear-eyed about our preferred outcome – real democracies governed by committed democrats – and develop policies to see this through.

A freedom doctrine is a freedom agenda given direction by guiding principles. Truman did it. So can we.

letters@charleskrauthammer.com Charles Krauthammer‘s column, which appears on Fridays, is syndicated by the Washington Post Writers Group. Formerly a resident and then chief resident in psychiatry at Massachusetts General Hospital, he joined The New Republic as a writer and editor in 1981. He is a contributing editor to The Weekly Standard and The New Republic. He is the recipient of numerous awards, including the National Magazine Award for essays and criticism in 1984, the Pulitzer Prize for distinguished commentary in 1987 and the Bradley Prize in 2004.

 Voir enfin:

Clueless on Cairo
Victor Davis Hanson
Pajamas Media
February 8, 2011

My Three-week Victory, Your Seven-year Mess

It is difficult trying to figure out what the left’s position is on democracy and the Middle East. Here’s a brief effort.

Once upon a time, a number of prominent liberals — among them Thomas Friedman, Fareed Zakaria, John Kerry, Hillary Clinton, Harry Reid — thought it was a good idea to remove Saddam Hussein and supplant his Baathist rule with democracy. I say that with confidence since one can watch the speeches of the senators in question on YouTube debating the 23-writ authorizations to use force in October 2002, in addition to reading the New York Times and Newsweek editorials between 2002-3 of prominent liberal columnists. The New Republic stable of authors was particularly in favor of the Bush-Cheney "just war" to invade Iraq. Jonathan Chait (who would go on to author an infamous essay about why "I hate George Bush") and Peter Beinhart were especially hard on the fellow left for not joining the Bush effort.

By early 2004, almost all that liberal support had entirely dissipated, predicated on two developments. First, a presidential election was just months away and Bush’s war was no longer "mission accomplished" but turning into a campaign liability. Second, a resistance had formed under hardcore Islamists that was beginning to take a heavy toll on American forces. No WMD had been found, and it was now easy to suggest that one could withdraw support for building democracy in Iraq because two of the 23 writs for going to war were no longer operative, the effort was probably lost, and George W. Bush might well deservedly not be reelected.

No matter. Bush pressed on. His polls sunk yet he was barely reelected. His ongoing "democracy" agenda got little support from those who once had enthusiastically praised the Iraqi adventure and had proclaimed their belief in universal human rights. Few came to Secretary of State Rice’s support when in 2005 she chastised Hosni Mubarak’s regime to grant fundamental rights. Fewer saw any connection between Saddam’s fate and America’s pro-democratic stance and the Cedar Revolution in Lebanon, the fright of Mr. Gaddafi who gave up his WMD arsenal, or the sudden willingness of Pakistan to harness Dr. Khan.

Instead, "spreading democracy" was seen by the left as a wounded George Bush’s quirky tic. His talk about "universal" freedom was ridiculed more as a manifestation of a sort of evangelical Christianity than genuine political idealism. Bush’s zeal for democracy, then, was orphaned: the right was now realist again ("they are either incapable of democracy or not worth the effort to implant it") and the left multicultural ("who are we of all people to say what sort of government others should employ?").

Then And Now

Note especially that Barack Obama, both as senator and presidential candidate, derided the war, declared the surge as failed, and wanted all troops out of Iraq by March 2008, regardless of the effect on the struggling Maliki government. That Bush also confronted Putin over the putdown of Georgia, allowed a plebiscite in Gaza, and warned of the anti-democratic tendencies of a Chavez or Ahmadinejad was drowned out by Iraq. Remember that these were the days of Cindy Sheehan, Michael Moore calling for a right-wing fundamentalist insurgent victory in Iraq, and novels and films envisioning the assassination of George Bush.

Fast forward to the presidency of Barack Obama. I think it is fair to suggest that all talk about promoting democracy was dropped entirely, and for three reasons: anything Bush had promoted was de facto tainted ("reset"); Obama’s multiculturalism accepted that all indigenous governments were more authentic than an imported Western democracy (cf. his silence over the brutal putdown of the Iranian dissidents); Obama was busy courting China and Russia, two authoritarian and powerful governments that could complicate any pro-democracy pressure on lesser states.

Better to Be Enemies

I note in passing once more that when it was a question of "tilting," Obama usually seemed more fond of the anti-democratic than the democratic alternative: Syria and Iran were courted, Israel was snubbed; Colombia was ignored, Cuba and Venezuela got "outreach"; Eastern Europe was taken for granted, autocratic Russia was romanced. In short, whether because of Pavlovian anti-Bush tendencies, multicultural preference for authentic indigenous leadership, or wishing a stage for the postracial, postnational Obama to charm our enemies and achieve a "breakthrough," Obama cared little at all about promoting human rights (note that all Obama’s once shrill civil rights bluster about Guantanamo, tribunals, renditions, preventative detention, the Patriot Act, Iraq, and drone attacks was dropped — on the cynical but correct premise that the left would still idolize a President Obama even if he parroted Dick Cheney).

Back to Egypt

All of which brings us to Egypt. I think it would also be fair to say that the administration has been caught entirely surprised. Far from being a sort of national liberationist of the left, Obama is simply confused — his advisors now telling him that Mubarak must go, that he must go sometime, that the demonstrators are genuine democratic patriots, that they are dupes who will be pushed aside by the Muslim Brotherhood, which itself is either sinister or in fact reformed and a possible future US partner.

In turn, the president seems to voice the last advice he was given, and so we are to assume two things: one, his make "no mistake about it" declaration will change and soon be rendered obsolete as conditions on the ground in Egypt change; two, he will artfully inject himself into the breaking news by the overuse of the now accustomed "I, my, mine" as he is self-constructed to be the catalyst for all that is becoming good and a long harsh critic of all that is turning bad. In other words, Obama will talk far too much and seek to turn someone else’s revolution into a showcase of his own rhetoric. And in adolescent fashion, Obama will reveal private conversations he has had with Egyptian leaders, both breaking confidentiality and portraying his interlocutors as either agreeing with his own advice or nodding to his dictates and directives.

What do I derive from all this? Hillary was right about her 3AM slur, and Obama is acting as any 2-year Senate veteran might in such a crisis. There is no consistent support from the left for democracy movements overseas. Strongmen like Gaddafi, Ahmadinejad, and Assad are weirdly seen as either untouchable or genuine in a way a Mubarak or a Jordanian king is not. And the latter are vulnerable only when it looks like they may fail; if they seem stable, we hear not a peep from Obama about their human rights records.

In short, the left has not yet sorted out its adherence to multiculturalism and its supposed support for human rights, which are usually antithetical. It apparently believes that any pro-democratic criticism of Obama’s tepidness is not worth the damage that might accrue to his agenda of universal healthcare, more entitlements, and left-wing domestic appointments. Whereas on the right there are three fissures over Egypt — neocon support for the protestors, realist support for Mubarak to keep a lid on things and change slowly, isolationist desires to keep the hell out of another costly obligation — on the left these days it is basically trying to explain post facto Obama’s herky-jerky policies as coherent, successful, and idealist.

Predictions? I think unfortunately we may go the 1940s "we can work with Mao"/1970s "no inordinate fear of communism"/2000s "jihad can mean a personal struggle" route, where liberals believe that totalitarian nationalists somehow admire the American Revolution and our lack of a colonial heritage, and, as closet moderates, wish to work with us. That translates into a backdoor courtship with the Muslim Brotherhood, in the fashion we did with Khomeini, and ends in a decade or so with a Sunni Ahmadinejad and the betrayal of the present protestors — again, in the manner we did the Iranian moderate reformers in 1979-80 and again in 2009.

How odd that in support of the brave secular protestors in the streets of Cairo, we are already talking about not demonizing the Muslim Brotherhood — the existential enemies of every idealist now trying to win a free society from Mubarak, the dictator/non-dictator who must go now!, very soon, after he transitions a new government in the summer, when a new president is elected in the fall, or, as future events dictate, not at all.


Irak/19e: Qu’on le veuille ou non tout cela a été obtenu grâce à l’intervention américaine (Out of the mouths of babes: France’s youngest ambassador spills the beans on Iraq)

5 septembre, 2010
Par la bouche des enfants et de ceux qui sont à la mamelle Tu as fondé ta gloire, pour confondre tes adversaires, Pour imposer silence à l’ennemi et au vindicatif. Psaumes 8:2
N’avez-vous jamais lu ces paroles: Tu as tiré des louanges de la bouche des enfants et de ceux qui sont à la mamelle? Jesus (Matthieu 21:16)
La reconstruction en Irak est le marché du siècle: 600 milliards de dollars ! La France doit être aux avant-postes. Boris Boillon (ambassadeur de France à Bagdad)
L’Irak est le vrai laboratoire de la démocratie dans le monde arabe. C’est là que se joue l’avenir de la démocratie dans la région. Potentiellement, l’Irak peut devenir un modèle politique pour ses voisins. Et, qu’on le veuille ou non, tout cela a été obtenu grâce à l’intervention américaine de 2003. (…) Il y a, en Irak, un gouvernement qui gouverne, et qui gouverne bien, ainsi qu’un Parlement élu. Il ne faut pas se plaindre : nous avons des forces politiques irakiennes qui discutent depuis cinq mois. Il y a trois ans, les comptes politiques se réglaient avec les armes… Et lorsqu’on voit ce qui se passe en Italie ou en Belgique, l’Europe a-t-elle vraiment des leçons à donner ? (…) il faut redire que les dernières élections ont constitué une victoire pour la démocratie. Il n’y a pas tant d’autres pays dans la région où les résultats ne sont pas connus avant le vote… (…) L’avenir des rapports entre l’Orient et l’Occident se joue en partie en Irak. L’échec de l’Irak serait celui du monde entier et donc aussi celui de la France. Dans cette région stratégique très riche en hydrocarbures … Boris Boillon

La vérité ne pourrait-elle sortir que de la bouche des enfants?

A l’heure ou, concernant l’Irak et contre toute evidence, l’actuelle administration americaine se refuse toujours a prononcer le mot victoire …

Et ou nos maitres-desinformateurs continuent a nous vendre le retrait partiel des troupes americaines comme le pretendu accomplissement d’une promesse de campagne de l’Illusionniste en chef de la Maison blanche …

Comment ne pas savourer, avec le Figaro et le WSJ, l’ultime ironie de l’histoire de voir le jeune ambassadeur du pays qui a probablement plus fait que n’importe quel autre contre l’intervention americaine en Irak (tout juste 40 ans et en poste depuis a peine un an) rappeler, marché du siècle oblige, ces faits cette ré alité que personne ne veut voir?

Comme cette baisse des attentats, ce retour de la sécurité (de 100 à une dizaine de morts par jour en 4 ans), ce laboratoire de la démocratie dans le monde arabe, ce modèle politique pour ses voisins …

Ce gouvernement qui gouverne, ce Parlement élu, ces forces politiques qui ne reglent plus leurs leurs comptes avec les armes, ces elections où les résultats ne sont pas connus avant le vote …

Ces terroristes, comme il le rappelait en novembre dernier  sur Europe 1,  qui redeviennent ce qu’ils étaient c’est-à-dire des bandits"  …

Le tout, cerise sur le gateau, qu’on le veuille ou non, grâce à l’intervention américaine de 2003 …

«L’Irak, laboratoire de la démocratie du monde arabe»

Isabelle Lasserre

Le Figaro

30/08/2010

INTERVIEW – À l’occasion du retrait des troupes de combat américaines, l’ambassadeur de France à Bagdad Boris Boillon dresse un portrait du pays à rebours des idées reçues.

Nommé à Bagdad il y a un an, Boris Boillon, 40 ans, le seul ambassadeur occidental à se déplacer partout dans le pays, porte un regard confiant sur l’Irak. Sept ans et demi après le renversement de Saddam Hussein par les États-Unis, Barack Obama doit prononcer ce mardi un discours marquant la fin du retrait des troupes de combat américaines.

LE FIGARO. – Les Américains quittent l’Irak. Est-ce une bonne nouvelle ?

Boris BOILLON. – Oui, pour plusieurs raisons. D’abord, le respect d’un accord passé entre Américains et Irakiens prouve que les choses se passent comme on l’avait prévu. Ensuite parce que le départ des soldats américains prive les terroristes de leur principal argument, l’occupation étrangère. Le retrait achève aussi de responsabiliser les forces de sécurité irakiennes, qui montent en puissance depuis deux ans. Nombreux sont ceux qui pensaient que la guerre civile serait inévitable. Elle n’a jamais eu lieu. Enfin, les États-Unis et l’Irak vont pouvoir renouveler leur relation, en partant sur de nouvelles bases. Tous les partis se félicitent de ce retrait. Il n’y a pas un seul responsable irakien qui demanderait qu’il soit reporté, ce serait un suicide politique.

Pourtant, la violence se poursuit. Le 25 août, il y a encore eu 53 morts dans des attentats contre la police…

Depuis août 2009, il y a effectivement, régulièrement, des attentats spectaculaires et coordonnés, qui portent la marque de fabrique d’al-Qaida. Ces attentats visent les symboles du pouvoir, irakien ou international. Ils touchent généralement des zones ethniquement ou religieusement mixtes. Mais les violences sont circonscrites à Bagdad et à ses environs ainsi qu’aux zones frontalières comme Mossoul ou Kirkouk. Et la tactique d’al-Qaida, qui vise à mettre le pays à feu et à sang, à ranimer la guerre civile, a échoué. Le spectre de la partition de l’Irak est derrière nous. Le confessionnalisme n’apparaît dans aucun programme politique. Pour le reste, et contrairement à ce qu’on lit un peu partout, il n’y a pas de dégradation de la sécurité. Au contraire, le bilan s’est amélioré, puisque nous sommes passés de cent morts par jour il y a quatre ans à une dizaine par jour aujourd’hui. En fait, la tendance s’est inversée à partir du moment où les troupes américaines ont commencé à quitter les villes, en juin 2009. Avec le retrait définitif, cette tendance devrait se poursuivre et se stabiliser.

Quel est le poids d’al-Qaida et des groupes terroristes aujourd’hui en Irak ?

Al-Qaida n’y compte plus que 2000 membres environ. Ce sont encore eux qui forment l’ossature de tous les grands coups, mais ils sont en déclin. Ils reculent face aux forces de sécurité irakiennes. La greffe al-Qaida n’a pas pris en Irak, ses méthodes violentes ont été contestées par les djihadistes locaux.

Le pays, qui était il n’y a pas si longtemps une terre de conquête pour le terrorisme international, est aujourd’hui devenu une terre de départ. Les militants quittent l’Irak pour aller au Pakistan ou en Mauritanie. Mais il est vrai qu’il existe deux autres groupes terroristes en Irak : les chiites extrémistes, financés depuis l’extérieur, et les groupes baasistes, d’anciens fidèles de Saddam Hussein. Le problème, c’est que nous assistons à des alliances conjoncturelles entre ces trois groupes pour certaines opérations.

Finalement, la guerre a-t-elle été gagnée en Irak ?

Bien sûr, les Irakiens disent que l’intervention alliée de 2003 leur a coûté très cher en vies humaines et en destruction d’infrastructures, mais ils rappellent aussi qu’elle a libéré le pays. Le bilan est donc à la fois positif et négatif. Les Irakiens apprécient les fruits de la démocratisation : l’éclosion de la presse, l’émergence d’une société civile, la liberté de ton des partis politiques, le caractère exemplaire des élections. Tout ça, ce sont des faits.

Il faut absolument, quand on parle de l’Irak, raisonner sans idéologie. L’Irak est le vrai laboratoire de la démocratie dans le monde arabe. C’est là que se joue l’avenir de la démocratie dans la région. Potentiellement, l’Irak peut devenir un modèle politique pour ses voisins. Et, qu’on le veuille ou non, tout cela a été obtenu grâce à l’intervention américaine de 2003. Maintenant, le jeu en valait-il la chandelle ? C’est aux Irakiens de répondre.

Le fait qu’aucun gouvernement ne soit encore sorti des dernières élections ne crée-t-il pas un vide politique ?

Encore une idée fausse ! Il y a, en Irak, un gouvernement qui gouverne, et qui gouverne bien, ainsi qu’un Parlement élu. Il ne faut pas se plaindre : nous avons des forces politiques irakiennes qui discutent depuis cinq mois. Il y a trois ans, les comptes politiques se réglaient avec les armes… Et lorsqu’on voit ce qui se passe en Italie ou en Belgique, l’Europe a-t-elle vraiment des leçons à donner ?

Nous assistons aujourd’hui en Irak à une lutte non violente pour l’accès au pouvoir politique… Le blocage est lié à des questions de personnes et non pas à des différences confessionnelles.

L’absence d’émergence d’un consensus autour d’un chef de gouvernement prouve que le jeu politique se déroule uniquement en Irak et qu’aucun pays voisin n’est en mesure d’imposer son choix sur la politique irakienne.

Même si c’est enfoncer une porte ouverte, il faut redire que les dernières élections ont constitué une victoire pour la démocratie. Il n’y a pas tant d’autres pays dans la région où les résultats ne sont pas connus avant le vote…

La formation de l’armée et de la police afghanes n’a pas donné les résultats escomptés. Comment expliquez-vous les succès remportés par les forces de sécurité irakiennes ?

C’est sans doute en raison de la forte tradition étatique de l’Irak, le pays des premières grandes villes, comme Babylone. Il y a toujours eu une tradition militaire en Irak, qui fut longtemps considéré comme la Prusse du Moyen-Orient. Lorsqu’ils sont arrivés en Irak, les Américains ont fait une grosse erreur en démantelant l’armée de Saddam Hussein. Depuis, des cadres du parti Baas, de nombreux officiers et des responsables des services de renseignements de l’ancien régime ont été récupérés et replacés à des postes clés.

La France s’était opposée à la guerre en 2003. Voyez-vous un rôle pour elle aujourd’hui en Irak ?

L’avenir des rapports entre l’Orient et l’Occident se joue en partie en Irak. L’échec de l’Irak serait celui du monde entier et donc aussi celui de la France. Dans cette région stratégique très riche en hydrocarbures, la France a toute sa place. Le niveau de sécurité permet désormais, moyennant quelques précautions, que les entreprises françaises reviennent participer à la reconstruction. Une ligne aérienne directe sera rouverte entre Paris et Bagdad à l’automne. La France a aussi proposé d’aider l’Irak à développer sa défense antiaérienne. Car le vrai défi du retrait sera fin 2011, lorsque les derniers 50.000 militaires américains seront partis. Le 1er janvier 2012, l’Irak sera nu.

Voir aussi:

EUROPE 1" – INTERVIEW DE L’AMBASSADEUR DE FRANCE EN IRAK BORIS BOILLON – (16 NOVEMBRE 2009)

- Vous êtes ambassadeur depuis quand ? "Deux mois."

- Boris Boillon bienvenu à Europe 1. Bonjour, ça doit changer Paris de Badgad ? "Oui, ça fait un énorme changement."

- Un président d’Irak en visite d’Etat en France, je crois que cela ne s’est jamais vu ? "C’est effectivement une première dans notre histoire."

- Même à l’époque où Jacques Chirac recevait Saddam Hussein ? "Oui. Saddam Hussein à l’époque n’était pas en visite d’Etat. Il était venu en visite officielle ou de travail."

-  120 000 soldats américains sont stationnés en ce moment en Irak. Près de 5 000 militaires américains y ont trouvé la mort et c’est la France que l’Irak préfère. Est-ce que cela veut que mieux vaut ne pas avoir fait la guerre d’Irak ? "Ce qui est sûr c’est que la France bénéficie en Irak d’une très belle image sur laquelle nous essayons de capitaliser. Deuxième élément important et utile pour la France, c’est que les Américains eux-mêmes sont sur une logique de départ et ils souhaitent d’ici la fin 2011 absolument avoir quitté le pays. Pour cela ils savent qu’ils ont besoin de tous leurs partenaires. Cela tombe bien, les Irakiens également sont dans une logique de diversification, ce qui fait évidemment les affaires de la France."

- Boris Boillon, qu’est-ce qui frappe au premier regard quand vous êtes arrivés à Bagdad ? "Je vais vous dire, c’est très simple, la capitale des mille et une nuits s’est transformée en capitale des mille et un murs. Des murs partout, des murs qui ont poussé comme des champignons avec les violences et qui maintenant forment un entre-lac incroyable de corridors. En fait, on ne voit pas la ville quand on atterrit. On ne voit que des murs. Des murs que l’on appelle des "t-walls", qui sont en fait des constructions en béton qui sont très faciles à poser, qui se posent un peu comme des lego, en une demi-journée."

- Et qui servent à ? "Qui servent à protéger contre l’effet "blast" des explosions. Donc on a mis des murs autour de toutes les institutions, dans toutes les rues, autour de toutes les maisons."

- Donc Bagdad est couvert de murs comme de plaies, et ces murs sont élevés ? "Oui, ils peuvent être assez élevés, ils peuvent dépasser trois mètres. J’ai été très frustré quand je suis arrivé. Je rêvais de voir le Tigre et j’ai mis plusieurs jours avant de pouvoir l’entre-apercevoir parce qu’il y avait des murs partout."

- Est-ce qu’ils restent utiles encore aujourd’hui pour se protéger ? Est-ce qu’il y a encore des attentats ? "C’est tout un objet de débat. Il y a quelques mois, juste à la veille des attentats du 19 août qui ont fait 95 morts, le Premier ministre Maliki avait justement décidé de commencer à les retirer et manque de chance, c’est là qu’il y a eu un attentat."

- Donc ce que vous montrez, c’est Bagdad détruit ? "Alors effectivement Bagdad est une ville dont on voit les restes somptueux des très belles villas, des très beaux espaces de verdures, mais détruits en effet."

- Le pays est comme Bagdad, détruit aussi ? "Exactement. Il y a un chiffre simple, c’est 600 milliards de dollars de reconstruction. C’est un pays qui est à reconstruire de A jusqu’à Z dans tous les domaines."

- Boris Boillon, il y a deux ans, Al Quaïda fanfaronnait et menaçait. : "l’Irak restera notre territoire d’action et d’influence". Est-ce que c’est toujours le cas ? "Vous avez tout à fait raison, les choses ont radicalement changé. Vous avez raison de dire que Al Quaïda à l’époque fanfaronnait. A l’heure où je vous parle, tout cela a radicalement changé. Al Quaïda est sur la défensive, ne dispose plus d’aucun territoire et il y a une véritable amélioration sécuritaire."

- Pourtant, Boris Boillon, il y a chaque semaine des attentats cyniques et très meurtriers. Qui les organise ? Qui les signe aujourd’hui ? "A l’heure actuelle, on estime qu’il y a trois principaux groupes qui sont derrière les attentats, ce sont les groupes djihadistes sunnites dans la mouvance d’Al Quaïda, ce sont des milices chiites pour certains et puis ce sont certains milieux ultra-nationalistes et ultra-violents."

- Est-ce que ces trois types de terroristes s’entendent entre eux ? "Normalement, ils ne sont pas du tout fait pour s’entendre, mais parce qu’ils s’affaiblissent, on suppose que dans certains cas ils peuvent trouver des alliances de circonstances pour fomenter des attentats. Mais la bonne nouvelle quand même c’est qu’il y a une véritable amélioration sécuritaire qui est vraiment palpable. On est passé en moyenne de 60 à 100 morts par jour sur la période 2004-2008 à moins de 10 morts par jour depuis le début de l’année 2009. Il y a une véritable évolution. La tendance de fond est clairement à la très très nette amélioration sécuritaire. Les institutions fonctionnent, les forces de l’ordre remportent de véritables victoires contre les terroristes."

- Et ces terroristes se déguisent de temps en temps en bandits ? "Effectivement, vous avez raison, on assiste à ce qui est un phénomène assez courant dans les pays qui ont connu le terrorisme, à la criminalisation des réseaux terroristes. Les terroristes redeviennent ce qu’ils étaient, c’est-à-dire des bandits."

- Les Irakiens voient moins en ce moment les Américains. Ils sont dans leurs casernes. Est-ce qu’ils sortent moins qu’avant ? Est-ce que vous trouvez que leur retrait ou leur prise de distance a des effets sur la sécurité aujourd’hui ? "En effet, paradoxalement, depuis le mois de juin en fait, les Américains se sont retirés dans leurs casernes et ne sont plus présents en ville. Le grand paradoxe de cette situation c’est que cela a contribué à améliorer la situation sécuritaire. Alors que tout le monde au mois de mai s’imaginait que le pays allait replonger dans la guerre civile à cause du départ américain, c’est l’inverse qui s’est produit pour une raison simple, c’est qu’en fait en quittant les villes, les Américains ont privé les groupes armés de leur principale source de légitimité, le combat contre les Américains. Et donc maintenant la population n’a plus aucune raison."

- Donc moins d’Américains, moins d’attentats ? "Dans cette situation là oui."

- C’est une leçon pour la stratégie en Afghanistan ? "Je ne suis pas compétent dans ce domaine pour répondre."

- Boris Boillon, vous avez souligné l’aspect symbolique, politique et stratégique de la visite du président irakien. Pourquoi engager la France dans ce climat qui est incertain ? "Parce que c’est justement dans les périodes de transition que les opportunités sont les plus fortes. Les risques existent, mais c’est également là que la France peut marquer des points essentiels. Evidemment rentrer en Irak ne se fait pas à n’importe quelle condition. C’est un pays qui reste un pays où la dimension sécuritaire est importante mais sous couvert du respect d’un certain nombres de précautions, on peut vraiment réaliser des choses."

- Des accords nouveaux vont être signés à Paris ? "Absolument. Cette visite d’Etat, qui est la première comme vous le disiez tout à l’heure, est essentielle parce qu’elle couronne d’abord une année exceptionnelle d’échanges dans les deux sens."

- Mais quels types d’accords ? "J’y arrive, mais simplement pour vous parler de ces échanges exceptionnels, tout cela a commencé avec le ministre Bernard Kouchner qui très courageusement en 2007 a décidé de revenir en 2008, le président Sarkoy s’y est rendu en 2009, ainsi que le Premier ministre. Plusieurs ministres de la République françaises. Dans l’autre sens également, de très nombreuses visites ont eu lieu."

- Alors on aboutit à quoi ? "On aboutit à cette série d’accords qui renouvelle complètement la relation bilatérale dans le domaine de la défense, de la sécurité intérieure, de la coopération, des accords aériens également et puis deux accords économiques très importants."

- L’accord culturel aussi ? "Oui, des accords culturels."

- Aider le musée de Bagdad qui est un musée extraordinaire, avec des pièces uniques et sacrées qui ont été cachées ? "Absolument. Et puis les deux accords économiques qui sont l’AFD qui va venir en Irak et puis la COFACE qui permet de garantir les risques pour les entreprises."

- On veut encourager les entreprises françaises, grandes ou PME, à s’investir, à s’engager dans différents secteurs, et même dans l’agriculture, d’après ce que je lis ? "Et même dans l’agriculture. Vous savez que l’Irak c’est quand même le berceau des civilisations et c’est surtout la Mésopotamie entre les deux fleuves. On le dit aussi en arabe […] et cette expression a tout son sens, c’est un pays qui a été le grenier à blé et le grenier à fruit de l’ensemble du Moyen-Orient et il aimerait le redevenir et les Irakiens savent que pour cela ils ont besoin de la France, qui est le pays européen qui a le mieux conservé son identité agricole."

- Les accords vont coûter de l’argent au contribuable français ? "La bonne nouvelle, c’est qu’on est en train de développer une coopération totalement novatrice, à l’image de la nouvelle politique voulue par le président de la République et par Bernard Kouchner. Cette nouvelle diplomatie, un partenariat public-privé qui permet de démultiplier notre puissance et notre influence sans que cela coûte cher au contribuable."

- Vous parlez arabe couramment depuis longtemps ? "Oui, je vais vous dire, en Irak c’est un peu impératif parce que comme dans tous les pays qui ont subi une agression, il y a une tendance à se renfermer sur soi, sur son identité de base et j’ai de très nombreux interlocuteurs, politiques comme culturels, qui en fait ne parlent que l’arabe."

- Vous connaissez cela depuis l’Algérie. Vous étiez en poste un peu partout. "Oui."

- On a le drapeau irakien sur les Champs-Elysées, est-ce que c’est le vrai et pourquoi y a-t-il une inscription "Allah akbar" ? "Cela vient de Saddam Hussein qui a la fin de son règne, s’est un peu islamisé pour essayer de se trouver une légitimité et donc il a eu cette idée de mettre Allah Akbar sur tous les drapeaux irakiens."

- C’est-à-dire qu’ils sont contents de s’être débarrassés de Saddam Hussein mais ils gardent son drapeau avec Allah Akbar ? "Une fois qu’on a mis ces inscriptions coraniques sur un drapeau, il est très difficile de les enlever."

- Qu’est-ce qui explique votre enthousiasme qui est perceptible ? "C’est que c’est fantastique de se dire qu’on assiste à la renaissance d’un pays, que la France est aux premières loges et que surtout, c’est des points de croissance qu’on vient chercher pour nos entreprises, c’est un pays qui a 9 % de croissance, qui va être un des plus grands producteurs de pétrole, donc c’est génial pour nous tous."

-          La France a intérêt à y être ? "Absolument."

Voir egalement:

La rencontre avec Boris Boillon, ambassadeur de France en Irak.

En Irak, la France s’appuie sur un VRP enthousiaste

Sabine Syfuss-Arnaud

Challenges

02.09.2010

Boris Boillon, à la conférence parisienne des ambassadeurs à Paris, le 27 août. « A Bagdad, je reçois des grands groupes et des PME. Je m’éclate. » Enjeu : la reconstruction de l’Irak, un marché de 600 milliards de dollars.

Avec son air juvénile, Boris Boillon a eu du mal à convaincre la sécurité de laisser entrer le photographe de Challenges dans le centre de conférences parisien, où, trois jours durant, les ambassadeurs de France au grand complet ont planché sur la future présidence française du G 20. A 40 ans, il est le plus jeune et exerce dans l’un des postes les plus exposés de la planète, Bagdad, ne sortant jamais sans escorte du GIGN. Il arrivera à ses fi ns grâce à cette énergie enjôleuse dont il use auprès des médias depuis sa nomination il y a un an. « Je suis le seul diplomate à accorder des interviews-fleuves en arabe aux chaînes irakiennes », raconte-t-il avec un plaisir évident.

Le jeu en vaut la chandelle. « La reconstruction en Irak est le marché du siècle : 600 milliards de dollars ! La France doit être aux avant-postes », dit celui que ses confrères surnomment l’Ambassadeur à l’américaine. Pour relancer les relations franco-irakiennes, Boris Boillon ne ménage pas ses efforts. « J’applique à la lettre la feuille de route du président », souligne-t-il en la sortant de sa sacoche.

L’une de ses missions consiste à faire revenir les entreprises françaises en Irak. Est-ce un handicap pour elles d’avoir fait des affaires sous Saddam Hussein ? « Non, au contraire, nos produits jouissent d’une excellente image, assure cet optimiste-né. A l’ambassade, je reçois des grands groupes et des PME. Je m’éclate ! »

En juillet, c’est à ses côtés que Renault Trucks a signé pour deux lignes d’assemblage de camions, et Alstom pour 2 milliards d’euros de centrales électriques. Toujours en juillet, l’ambassadeur a convaincu la compagnie Aigle Azur de rétablir, après vingt ans d’interruption, la liaison aérienne Paris-Bagdad. Au sujet du flop de Total, qui, cet hiver, a loupé le coche des champs pétroliers géants dans cet Irak riche des troisièmes réserves mondiales, il nuance : « Le groupe a quand même obtenu un quart de champ, d’une valeur de 3 milliards de dollars. »

Le goût du monde arabe

En VRP de choc, Boris Boillon martèle un discours bien rodé. « A Bagdad, il n’y a qu’un ambassadeur qui se balade dans tout le pays, c’est moi. Il n’y a qu’un centre culturel ouvert, le français. Et une seule ambassade qui ait organisé une garden-party, la nôtre. » Il n’est pas peu fier de son 14 Juillet avec 700 invités – « le premier depuis 1990 ; entièrement financé par les entreprises, il n’a pas coûté un sou au contribuable », tient-il à préciser.

Une enfance en Algérie lui a inculqué, dit-il, « le goût du monde arabomusulman ». De solides études – Sciences-Po, Langues O’, le concours du Quai d’Orsay – lui ont donné les moyens d’y travailler. Ses affectations l’ont mené en Israël et en Algérie. C’est là, en 2004, que le ministre de l’Intérieur d’alors, Nicolas Sarkozy, le « repère ».

Dès lors, sa carrière s’envole : conseiller diplomatique Place Beauvau, puis à l’Elysée. C’est lui qui négocie avec la Libye la libération des infirmières bulgares. Sur toutes les photos de l’époque, il est toujours un pas derrière Cécilia. Ce succès lui vaut deux sobriquets : l’un de Kadhafi , « mon fils » ; l’autre du chef de l’Etat, « mon petit Arabe ».

Boris Boillon boit du petit-lait à l’évocation de ces surnoms, hésite, puis acquiesce en souriant lorsqu’on lui demande si la grosse montre qu’il porte est bien une Rolex. Mais le « produit Sarko », comme il s’autoproclame, est aussi un intello : « Une phrase de Bergson guide ma vie : penser en homme d’action et agir en homme de pensée. »

Aux manettes en Irak depuis l’été 2009, il évoque avec enthousiasme son année à la tête d’une ambassade, son plus gros poste jusqu’alors. Si gros que la CFDT, majoritaire au Quai d’Orsay, avait songé un temps à déposer un recours pour expérience managériale insuffisante.

Réponse à tout

En fait, dans son bunker hypersécurisé – où travaillent 120 personnes, dont une quarantaine de gendarmes français -, il semble à son affaire. Le discours est résolument positif. Que pense-t-il de l’insécurité en Irak ? « Certes, il y a du feu et du sang, mais le pays n’est pas à feu et à sang ; la violence est de plus en plus circonscrite. » Est-il inquiet du retrait des troupes américaines, fin août ? « Non, c’est une bonne nouvelle : les terrorismes auront moins de prétextes aux attentats. »

Et lui, n’est-il pas trop jeune pour être crédible dans une région où l’on respecte plutôt la maturité ? « Je transforme ce défaut en qualité, développant avec mes interlocuteurs des relations filiales. » Décidément, il a réponse à tout. Sauf quand on aborde son avenir et ses ambitions politiques. Prudent, il élude. Car, au milieu de ces diplomates à l’ancienne, Boris Boillon détonne.

Les débats vont reprendre. Juste le temps d’évoquer son meilleur souvenir en Irak : « Une baignade dans des cascades avec le chef d’état-major ! » Après quelques jours de vacances, il regagnera son ambassade-prison, où, pour des raisons de sécurité, il vit loin de sa femme et de ses filles.

Voir enfin:

Notable & Quotable

The French ambassador to Iraq says it’s "the true laboratory of democracy in the Arab world."

WSJ

September 2, 2010

Boris Boillon, the French ambassador to Iraq, in an interview with Le Figaro, Aug. 31:

The tactic of al Qaeda, which aims to put the country in fire and blood, to rekindle the civil war, has failed. The specter of partition in Iraq is behind us. . . . The record has improved since we passed a hundred deaths per day four years ago, to ten deaths per day today. In fact, the trend reversed itself when U.S. troops began leaving the cities, in June 2009. With the final withdrawal, this trend should continue and stabilize. . . .

Of course, the Iraqis say that the allied intervention of 2003 cost them dearly in lives and destruction of infrastructure, but they are aware also that it has liberated the country. The picture is therefore both positive and negative. Iraqis enjoy the fruits of democratization: the blossoming of the press, the emergence of a civil society, the free political parties, the exemplary nature of elections. These are all facts.

It is absolutely necessary, when one speaks of Iraq, to reason nonideologically. Iraq is the true laboratory of democracy in the Arab world. It is there that the future of democracy in the region will play itself out. Iraq could potentially become a political model for its neighbors. And, whether one likes it or not, all this has come about thanks to the American intervention of 2003. . . .

That no consensus has emerged around a [new] head of government proves that the political game occurs in Iraq and no neighboring country is able to impose its choice on Iraqi politics.

Even if the door is broken open, it must be restated that the last election constituted a victory for democracy. There are not many other countries in the region where results are not known before the vote.


Irak/19e: Vous avez dit guerre de 7 ans? (Who remembers that the road to 9/11 did go through Bagdad?)

26 août, 2010
Saddam's 9/11 shrine
De même que les progressistes européens et américains doutaient des menaces de Hitler et de Staline, les Occidentaux éclairés sont aujourd’hui en danger de manquer l’urgence des idéologies violentes issues du monde musulman. (…) Un des scandales est que nous avons eu des millions de personnes dans la rue protestant contre la guerre en Irak, mais pas pour réclamer la liberté en Irak. Personne n’a marché dans les rues au nom des libertés kurdes. Les intérêts des dissidents libéraux de l’Irak et les démocrates kurdes sont en fait également nos intérêts. Plus ces personnes prospèrent, plus grande sera notre sécurité. C’est un moment où ce qui devrait être nos idéaux — les idéaux de la démocratie libérale et de la solidarité sociale — sont également objectivement notre intérêt. Bush n’a pas réussi à l’expliquer clairement, et une grande partie de la gauche ne l’a même pas perçu. Paul Berman
En 1991, la première Administration Bush ne comprit pas que sa guerre n’était pas contre ce que Saddam avait fait au Koweit. Elle était contre Saddam lui-même, son régime et les forces du radicalisme arabe qu’il représentait et soutenait. Tempête du désert s’est finalement avéré un nom convenable pour une opération militaire qui avait été aveuglée par ses propres objectifs réels. Ainsi le Koweit a été libéré mais Saddam y est resté en contrôle pendant encore 12 ans, soi-disant- comme l’avait notoirement prétendu Madeleine Albright -" dans une boite". Boite à l’intérieur de laquelle, il a tué des dizaines de milliers des Chiites d’Irak, provoqué une crise humanitaire parmi les Kurdes, tenté d’assassiner George Bush père, exploité un régime de sanctions qui affamait par ailleurs sa propre population, nécessité le maintien d’une zone de non-survol qui revenait à 1 milliard de dollars par an aux États-Unis, défié plus d’une douzaine de sanctions de l’ONU, corrompu le secrétariat onusien, expulsé des inspecteurs de l’ONU pour les ADM et offert des primes aux familles des terroristes-suicide palestiniens. Tout cela n’était que la continuation de la guerre par d’autres moyens, ce qui signifie que lorsque la question de l’invasion de l’Irak s’est posée après le 11/9, le choix n’était pas entre la guerre et la paix. (…) Une chose est claire : la guerre de 20 ans a duré autant qu’elle l’a fait parce que la première Administration Bush ne l’a pas finie quand elle en avait le pouvoir et parce que le gouvernement Clinton a fait comme si elle n’existait pas. Bret Stephens

Attention: une guerre peut en cacher bien d’autres!

Tempête du désert, Guerre du Golfe, Surveillance Nord, Surveillance Sud, Liberté pour l’Irak, Guerre d’Irak …

Alors que les dernières troupes américaines dites "de combat" quittent l’Irak …

Et qu’avec la complicité des médias, l’Illusionniste en chef tente de faire passer comme accomplissement de ses propres promesses de campagne la simple application en réalité d’un calendrier négocié bien avant son accession au pouvoir par son prédécesseur en novembre 2008 …

Pendant que, faisant fi des sentiments d’une population libérée de l’un des pires tyrans de l’histoire récente,  lesdits médias nous assomment de rappels aussi faux que malhonnêtes des coûts disproportionnés et de la prétendue inutilité de cette guerre …

Et qu’aux Etats-Unis la tyrannie du politiquement correct via son incarnation vivante  à la Maison Blanche tentent d’imposer à une ville de New York traumatisée un véritable monument aux auteurs même de l’odieux forfait

Qui rappellera, sinon Bret Stephens, que, comme en témoigne la longue série ininterrompue d’opérations dont l’Irak a été le théâtre ces 20 dernières années, cette prétendue guerre inutile de 7 ans n’était en fait que la fin du travail laissé en plan en 1991?

Qui rappellera, sinon Fouad Ajami contre des années de désinformation médiatique, qu’en en fournissant à Ben Laden le prétexte (via les troupes américaines stationnées en Arabie saoudite pour l’endiguement de Saddam),  la route du 11/9 passait bien par Bagdad?

The Twenty Years’ War

Defeating Saddam took 19 years too long.

Bret Stephens

The WSJ

August 23, 2010

Saddam Hussein invaded Kuwait on Aug. 2, 1990. Two decades later, on Aug. 18, 2010, the U.S. withdrew its last combat brigade from Iraq. Throughout those years U.S. military operations went under a variety of names—including Desert Storm, the Gulf War, Operations Northern and Southern Watch, Operation Iraqi Freedom, the War in Iraq—but over time they will be seen as part of an unbroken thread.

It ought to be called the Twenty Years’ War. That was probably 19 years too long.

It matters what we call our wars, lest we fail to understand them—and lest we repeat them, because we failed to understand. When the Great War came to be spoken of as "the war to end all wars" (a line variously attributed to David Lloyd George, H.G. Wells and Woodrow Wilson) it underscored how ill-prepared that generation was to prevent the next great conflict.

Similarly in Iraq. In 1991, the first Bush administration failed to understand that its war was not against what Saddam had done in Kuwait. It was against Saddam himself, his regime, and the forces of Arab radicalism he typified and championed. Desert Storm, it turned out, proved an apt name for a military operation that had been blinded to its own real purposes.

Thus Kuwait was liberated but Saddam stayed on for another 12 years, supposedly—as Madeleine Albright notoriously put it—"in a box." In that box, he killed tens of thousands of Iraq’s Shiites, caused a humanitarian crisis among the Kurds, attempted to assassinate George H.W. Bush, profited from a sanctions regime that otherwise starved his own people, compelled a "no-fly zone" that cost the U.S. $1 billion a year to police, defied more than a dozen U.N. sanctions, corrupted the U.N. Secretariat, evicted U.N. weapons inspectors and gave cash prizes to the families of Palestinian suicide bombers.

All this was war by another name, which meant that when the question of invading Iraq arose after 9/11, the choice was not between war and peace. Rather, as former Democratic Sen. Bob Kerrey wrote in these pages at the time, it was "between sustaining a military effort designed to contain Saddam Hussein and a military effort designed to replace him." For Mr. Kerrey, "the case for the second choice [was] overwhelming."

It says something that the invasion was called Operation Iraqi Freedom—a better approximation of its aims than the ill-founded claims about WMD that nearly proved the war’s political undoing. Still, war aims are not only what a nation fights for, which, as Lincoln discovered, could change with the course of war. War aims are also about what a nation fights against.

In that sense, Iraq was invaded so that Saddam and his henchmen, Iraq’s ultimate weapons of mass destruction, would hang. To hang them meant serving the interests of justice, and satisfying a justified impulse for revenge. It also meant making an example of a uniquely aggressive Arab tyrant who thought he could defy and manipulate the West with impunity.

One of the more popular raps against the war is that it discredited the United States and the exercise of American power. That’s unlikely, since the world has a way of constantly re-discovering the benefits of that power: Think of the Balkans in the 1990s, or East Asia today in the face of China’s assertiveness.

What the war did accomplish was to discredit a cult-of-personality style of Arab politics pioneered in the 1950s by Egypt’s Gamal Abdel Nasser. (His pharaonic successor, Hosni Mubarak, is on the way out.) More, the war led to what has been called "the eclipse of the Arab world." Today the world’s leading Muslim states—Indonesia, Iran, Pakistan and Turkey—are all non-Arab. Not since the 1930s have the Arabs counted geopolitically for so little.

Ironically, this eclipse has somewhat dimmed the broader significance of Iraq’s democracy, at least for the time being. The U.S. has bequeathed Iraqis exactly what the Constitutional Convention in Philadelphia bequeathed Americans: A republic, if they can keep it. If they do, it could be a Muslim model of democratic governance and ethnic and sectarian pluralism. It may be achievement enough to have an Iraqi government that threatens neither its own people nor its neighbors, and for the rest of the Arabs to be on their guard against future Saddams.

For the U.S., the achievement would be greater if it led to a military and diplomatic alliance with Baghdad as a counterweight to Iran. But that depends on whether the Obama administration chooses to interpret the war as a complete misadventure or as a potentially fruitful opportunity.

One thing is clear: The Twenty Years’ War lasted as long as it did because the first Bush administration failed to finish it when it could, and because the Clinton administration pretended it wasn’t happening. Should we now draw the lesson that hesitation and delay are the best policy? Or that wars are best fought swiftly to their necessary conclusion? The former conclusion did not ultimately spare us the war. The latter would have spared us one of 20 years.


WikiLeaks: Attention, des coups tordus peuvent en cacher d’autres (How WikiLeaks got away with murder)

22 août, 2010
WikiLeaks's IEDOn nous avait dit de nous attendre à des coups tordus. Nous venons de recevoir le premier. WikiLeaks
J’adore botter le cul des salauds. Julian Assange
Après tout, c’est leur faute: on fait pas la guerre avec des mômes. Soldat américain
From being in the perspective of the Apache helicopter crew, I can see where a group of men gathering, when there’s a firefight just a few blocks away, which I was involved in, and they’re carrying weapons, one of which is an RPG. … Their overall mission that day was to protect us, to provide support for us, so I can see where the initial attack on the group of men was warranted. However, personally I don’t feel that the attack on the van was warranted. I think that the people could have been deterred from doing what they were doing in the van by simply firing a few warning shots versus completely obliterating the van and its occupants. Ethan McCord
When I did come up on the scene, there was an RPG as well as AK-47s there…. You just don’t walk around with an RPG in Iraq, especially three blocks away from a firefight…. Personally, I believe the first attack on the group standing by the wall was appropriate, was warranted by the rules of engagement. They did have weapons there. However, I don’t feel that the attack on the [rescue] van was necessary. Now, as far as rules of engagement, [Iraqis] are not supposed to pick up the wounded. But they could have been easily deterred from doing what they were doing by just firing simply a few warning shots in the direction…. Instead, the Apaches decided to completely obliterate everybody in the van. That’s the hard part to swallow. (…) There were plenty of times in the past where other insurgents would come by and pick up the bodies, and then we’d have no evidence or anything to what happened, so in looking at it from the Apache’s point of view, they were thinking that [someone was] picking up the weapons and bodies; when, in hindsight, clearly they were picking up the wounded man. But you’re not supposed to do that in Iraq. (…) When it was first released I don’t think it was done in the best manner that it could have been. They were stating that these people had no weapons whatsoever, that they were just carrying cameras. In the video, you can clearly see that they did have weapons … to the trained eye. You can make out in the video [someone] carrying an AK-47, swinging it down by his legs…. And as far as the way that the soldiers are speaking in the video, which is pretty callous and joking about what’s happened … that’s a coping mechanism. I’m guilty of it, too, myself. You joke about the situations and what’s happened to push away your true feelings of the matter. (…) I don’t say that Wikileaks did a bad thing, because they didn’t…. I think it is good that they’re putting this stuff out there. I don’t think that people really want to see this, though, because this is war…. It’s very disturbing.  McCord
The army described this as a group that gave resistance at the time, that doesn’t seem to be happening. But there are armed men in the group, they did find a rocket propelled grenade among the group, the Reuters photographers who were regrettably killed, were not identified…You have edited this tape, and you have given it a title called ‘collateral murder.’ That’s not leaking, that’s a pure editorial. (…) I admire that you have properly manipulated the audience into an emotional state you want before something goes on the air. Stephen Colbert
It gives you a limited perspective. The video only tells you a  portion of the activity that was happening that day. Just from watching that  video, people cannot understand the complex battles that occurred. You are  seeing only a very narrow picture of the events. (…) Our forces were engaged in combat all that day with  individuals that fit the description of the men in that video. Their age, their  weapons, and the fact that they were within the distance of the forces that had  been engaged made it apparent these guys were potentially a threat. Capt. Jack Hanzlik (spokesman for U.S. Central Command)
It is precisely the presence of weapons, including RPGs, that goes a long distance toward explaining why cameramen for Reuters—pointing television cameras around corners in a battle zone—were readily mistaken by our gunships for insurgents. The video makes plain that in this incident, as in almost all military encounters in both Iraq and Afghanistan, our soldiers are up against forces that do not wear uniforms—a violation of international law precisely because it places innocent civilians in jeopardy. Responsibility for civilian deaths in such encounters rests with those who violate the rules of war. The Wikileaks videos also do not reveal the hundreds upon hundreds of cases in which American forces refrain from attacking targets precisely because civilians are in harm’s way. Gabriel Schoenfeld (Hudson Institute)
Jusqu’ici, WikiLeaks s’était fait connaître en publiant des révélations refusées parfois par des titres, disons, institutionnels. Dans le cas des Warlogs, c’est l’inverse: WikiLeaks est le fournisseur. La logique est inversée, le journalisme bientôt bouleversé. David Dufresne
Ces images troublantes ne doivent pas être visualisées ou jugées indépendamment du contexte, de ce qui se passait alors aux environs. Amnesty international
Reporters sans frontières, organisation internationale de défense de la liberté de la presse, regrette l’incroyable irresponsabilité dont vous avez fait preuve lors de la publication de votre article intitulé “Journal d’Afghanistan, 2004 – 2010”, le 25 juillet 2010 sur le site Wikileaks. Vous avez, à cette occasion, diffusé sur votre site quelque 92 000 documents mentionnant les noms de collaborateurs afghans de la coalition militaire internationale présente en Afghanistan depuis 2001. (…) En revanche, divulguer l’identité de centaines de collaborateurs de la coalition en Afghanistan est lourd de danger. Les Talibans et d’autres groupes armés peuvent établir sans difficulté, à partir de ces documents, une liste noire de personnes à abattre et mener des vengeances meurtrières. Pour vous justifier, vous avez déclaré qu’il s’agissait de “mettre fin à la guerre en Afghanistan” ou encore écrit que “des fuites ont changé le cours de l’Histoire ; qu’elles peuvent le changer au jour le jour et qu’elles peuvent nous conduire à un avenir meilleur”.(…) D’autre part, publier sans discernement quelque 92 000 documents classifiés pose un réel problème de méthodologie, et donc de crédibilité. Un travail journalistique implique une sélection de l’information. L’argument par lequel vous vous défendez, selon lequel l’équipe de Wikileaks n’est pas composée de journalistes, n’est pas convaincant. Wikileaks est un média et, à ce titre, soumis aux règles de responsabilité de publication, comme tous les autres. (…) Cependant, vous ne pouvez revendiquer le bénéfice de la protection des sources et renier au même moment votre qualité de média par opportunisme. Le précédent que vous avez créé expose encore davantage à des représailles tous ceux qui, à travers le monde, risquent leur liberté et parfois leur vie pour l’information sur Internet. Une telle imprudence met en danger vos propres sources et au-delà, l’avenir d’Internet en tant que support d’information. Jean-François Julliard (Secrétaire général de Reporters sans frontières)

Attention: des coups tordus peuvent en cacher d’autres!

A l’heure où le cofondateur et porte-parole du site internet WikiLeaks spécialisé dans la publication de documents confidentiels et notamment de dizaines de milliers de documents sensibles sur la guerre en Afghanistan, Julian Assange, semble recevoir la monnaie de sa pièce en Suède même où il s’est apparemment réfugié …

Après, on s’en souvient, avoir réussi le tour de force de s’être mis à dos tant Amnesty international que Reporters sans frontières (qui l’avaient pourtant dans un premier temps soutenu) pour son peu de cas pour la sécurité non seulement des soldats de la coalition occidentale en Afghanistan mais pour peut-être les centaines ou milliers d’Afghans (identifiés par leur nom ou leur village) qui travaillent avec elle …

Retour sur le premier fait d’arme qui, après les révélations (Scientologie, corruption au Kenya, mels de Sarah Palin, liste des adhérents du parti d’extrême-droite britannique BNP, messages texte envoyés aux Etats-Unis le 11/9, armée allemande, crise financière islandaise) avait vraiment lancé la carrière du site et aussi déjà confirmé le remarquable talent de l’ancien pirate informatique pour la publicité la plus tapageuse et l’autopromotion.

Mais surtout, comme le rappelle John Rosenthal, révélé la vraie nature de l’entreprise (mélangeant habilement  les genres et les rôles de "source, relais et co-diffuseur") , c’est-à-dire, avec très significativement l’aide des Bilderbergers attitrés de la Trilatérale de l’antiaméricanisme (pardon: de l’anti-impérialisme), les dûment de gauche Spiegel-Guardian-NYT, et soutenu comme par hasard par le champion toutes catégories de l’intox lui-même Michael Moore,  une véritable campagne de propagande où à peu près tous les coups sont permis ("changer le cours de l’Histoire" et "un avenir meilleur", on vous dit!) contre la seule Amérique et ses alliés

A savoir la publication en avril dernier d’une vidéo de l’armée américaine de juillet 2007 (lourdement éditorialisée sous ses apparences de document brut par des intertitres et un sobrissime titre : "meurtre collatéral").

Qui oubliant commodément le contexte plus large d’une opération en cours dans une rue de toute évidence déserte où les troupes américaines essuyaient des tirs d’insurgés comme le fait que ces derniers étaient armés de lance-grenades et d’AK47, que les deux journalistes ne portaient aucune indication de leur fonction mais en revanche des zooms ressemblant étrangement à des armes et que la camionnette qui venait chercher les blessés et les armes n’avait ni croissant rouge ni aucun signe distinctif de secours d’urgence sans compter l’invisibilité de l’extérieur de la présence d’enfants  …

Ne montrait en fait, vu du petit  écran de l’hélicoptère et dans le feu de l’action, qu’une attaque héliportée de l’armée américaine contre un groupe d’insurgés armés d’AK47 et d’un lance-grenades, ainsi que contre une camionnette anonyme tentant d’évacuer les blessés et les armes dans un faubourg de Bagdad …

Situation probablement typique de ce qui pouvait se passer alors dans l’enfer des rues de Bagdad  comme dans celles d’ailleurs des villes palestiniennes ou libanaises où, avec les louanges de tous quand il ne s’agissait que de déligitimer l’Armée israélienne, ce genre de méthodes de guérilla sale avait d’abord été mis au point …

‘Collateral Murder’ in Baghdad Anything But

Bill Roggio

April 5, 2010

Wikileaks, the website devoted to publishing classified documents on the Internet, made a splash today with a video claiming to show that the U.S. military "murdered" a Reuters cameraman and other Iraqi "civilians" in Baghdad on July 12, 2007. But a careful watching of the video shows that the U.S. helicopter gun crews that attacked a group of armed men in the then Mahdi Army stronghold of New Baghdad was anything but "Collateral Murder," as Wikileaks describes the incident. There are a couple of things to note in the video. First, Wikileaks characterizes the attack as the U.S. military casually gunning down Iraqis who were innocently gathering on the streets of New Baghdad. But the video begins somewhat abruptly, with a UAV starting to track a group of Iraqi males gathering on the streets. The voice of a U.S. officer is captured in mid-sentence. It would be nice to know what happened before Wikileaks decided to begin the video. The U.S. military claimed the Iraqis were killed after a gun battle with U.S. and Iraqi security forces. It is unclear if any of that was captured on the strike footage. Here is what the U.S. military had to say about the engagement in a July 2007 press release: Soldiers of 1st Battalion, 8th Cavalry Regiment, and the 2nd Battalion, 16th Infantry Regiment, both operating in eastern Baghdad under the 2nd Infantry Brigade Combat Team, 2nd Infantry Division, along with their Iraqi counterparts from the 1st Battalion, 4th Brigade, 1st Division National Police, were conducting a coordinated raid as part of a planned operation when they were attacked by small arms fire and rocket-propelled grenades. Coalition Forces returned fire and called in attack aviation reinforcement. There is nothing in that video that is inconsistent with the military’s report. What you see is the air weapons team engaging armed men. Second, note how empty the streets are in the video. The only people visible on the streets are the armed men and the accompanying Reuters cameramen. This is a very good indicator that there was a battle going on in the vicinity. Civilians smartly clear the streets during a gunfight. Third, several of the men are clearly armed with assault rifles; one appears to have an RPG. Wikileaks purposely chooses not to identify them, but instead focuses on the Reuters cameraman. Why? Fourth, there is no indication that the U.S. military weapons crew that fired on this group of armed men violated the military’s Rules of Engagement. Ironically, Wikileaks published the military’s Rules of Engagement from 2007, which you can read here. What you do see in the video is troops working to identify targets and confirm they were armed before engaging. Once the engagement began, the U.S. troops ruthlessly hunted their prey. Fifth, critics will undoubtedly be up in arms over the attack on that black van you see that moves in to evacuate the wounded; but it is not a marked ambulance, nor is such a vehicle on the "Protected Collateral Objects" listed in the Rules of Engagement. The van, which was coming to the aid of the fighters, was fair game, even if the men who exited the van weren’t armed. Sixth, Wikileaks’ claim that the U.S. military’s decision to pass the two children inside the van to the Iraqi police for treatment at an Iraqi hospital threatened their lives is unsubstantiated. We do not know the medical assessment of the two Iraqi children wounded in the airstrike. We don’t even know if the children were killed in the attack, although you can be sure that if they were Wikileaks would have touted this. (And who drives their kids into the middle of a war zone anyway?) Having been at attacks where Iraqis have been killed and wounded, I can say I understand a little about the process that is used to determine if wounded Iraqis are transported to a U.S. hospital. The person has to be considered to have a life-threatening situation or in danger of losing a vital function (eyesight, etc.). Yet, even though the threshold to transfer Iraqis to U.S. military hospitals is high, I have repeatedly seen U.S. personnel err on the side of caution and transport wounded who probably should not have been sent to a U.S. hospital. Baghdad in July 2007 was a very violent place, and the neighborhoods of Sadr City and New Baghdad were breeding grounds for the Mahdi Army and associated Iranian-backed Shia terror groups. The city was a war zone. To describe the attack you see in the video as "murder" is a sensationalist gimmick that succeeded in driving tons of media attention and traffic to Wikileaks’ website.

Voir aussi:

Video: Collateral murder, or the risks of war zones?

Ed Morrissey

Hot air

April 5, 2010

Wikileaks released a video today of an engagement in Baghdad in 2007 that resulted in the deaths of two journalists from Reuters in an effort to accuse the US of covering up a war crime. Calling the incident “collateral murder,” Wikileaks says that it wants to promote the safety of journalists in war zones with the release of the DoD video, but the video itself shows why the US forces fired on the group — and on the vehicle that came to their aid. Note that the video itself contains NSFW language and graphic images of death (via John Holowach at TrueHigh): In the video, starting at the 3:50 mark, one member of this group starts preparing what clearly looks like an RPG launcher, as well as some individuals with AK-47s. The launcher then reappears at the 4:06 mark as the man wielding it sets up a shot for down the street. In 2007 Baghdad, this would be a clear threat to US and Iraqi Army ground forces; in fact, it’s difficult to imagine any other purpose for an RPG launcher at that time and place. That’s exactly the kind of threat that US airborne forces were tasked to detect and destroy, which is why the gunships targeted and shot all of the members of the group. Another accusation is that US forces fired on and killed rescue workers attempting to carry one of the journalists out of the area. However, the video clearly shows that the vehicle in question bore no markings of a rescue vehicle at all, and the men who ran out of the van to grab the wounded man wore no uniforms identifying themselves as such. Under any rules of engagement, and especially in a terrorist hot zone like Baghdad in 2007, that vehicle would properly be seen as support for the terrorists that had just been engaged and a legitimate target for US forces.  While they didn’t grab weapons before getting shot, the truth is that the gunships didn’t give them the chance to try, either — which is exactly what they’re trained to do.  They don’t need to wait until someone gets hold of the RPG launcher and fires it at the gunship or at the reinforcements that had already begun to approach the scene.  The gunships acted to protect the approaching patrol, which is again the very reason we had them in the air over Baghdad. War correspondents take huge risks to bring news of a war to readers far away.  What this shows is just how risky it is to embed with terrorists, especially when their enemy controls the air.  War is not the same thing as law enforcement; the US forces had no responsibility for identifying each member of the group and determining their mens rea.  Legitimate rescue operations would have included markings on the vehicle and on uniforms to let hostile forces know to hold fire, and in the absence of that, the hostile forces have every reason to consider the second support group as a legitimate target as well.   It’s heartbreaking for the families of these journalists, but this isn’t “collateral murder” — it’s war.

 Voir également:

Warfare Through ‘a Soda Straw’

Wall Street Journal

June 23, 2010

Gabriel Schoenfeld

Reports are circulating that Wikileaks.org is poised to publish a classified U.S. military video of a May 2009 U.S. air strike on the Afghan village of Granai in which as many as 140 civilians, including many women and children, may have perished. In April, the website—an online repository of leaked information—posted a U.S. military video of a 2007 Baghdad firefight in which two Reuters cameramen and as many as 10 others were killed. It has already been watched by several million viewers.

Both videos were evidently leaked by a 22-year-old disaffected Army intelligence analyst, Bradley Manning, who was detained by the military in May after having admitted in a private online conversation to providing them, along with a massive trove of 260,000 diplomatic cables, to Wikileaks.

Such videos bring wide attention to horrendous incidents of war. Did Wikileaks perform a public service by releasing them?

The benefits of maximum openness are indisputable. Our democracy rests on informed consent, with emphasis on the word informed. The electorate relies upon the free flow of information to make considered choices about policies and the men and women who conduct them. In decisions about war and peace, the public’s interest in information is at its zenith. The video of the Iraq firefight brings horrifically before our eyes the reality of war in ways that make us confront the basic questions of why and how we fight.

But there is another side to the coin. The display of videotapes in which our forces make mistakes, or do even worse, has costs that should not be denied. For one thing, the leaked Iraq video, as Secretary of Defense Robert Gates has remarked, provides the public a view of warfare "as seen through a soda straw." Wikileaks, itself a highly secretive operation run by Australian journalist/activist Julian Assange, actually posted two videos: a full-length version of the firefight, and a shorter version edited into nothing less than a propaganda film with the caption "collateral murder."

Neither drew attention to what U.S. ground forces found when they came upon the grisly scene following the helicopter gunfire: namely, AK-47s and rocket-propelled grenade launchers (RPGs). Wikileaks’s caption noted that "some of the men appeared to have been armed" but also added, insouciantly, that "the behavior of everyone appeared to be relaxed."

But it is precisely the presence of weapons, including RPGs, that goes a long distance toward explaining why cameramen for Reuters—pointing television cameras around corners in a battle zone—were readily mistaken by our gunships for insurgents. The video makes plain that in this incident, as in almost all military encounters in both Iraq and Afghanistan, our soldiers are up against forces that do not wear uniforms—a violation of international law precisely because it places innocent civilians in jeopardy.

Responsibility for civilian deaths in such encounters rests with those who violate the rules of war.

The Wikileaks videos also do not reveal the hundreds upon hundreds of cases in which American forces refrain from attacking targets precisely because civilians are in harm’s way. That is today an iron rule in Afghanistan, and one for which our soldiers are themselves paying a price in increased casualties. Yet even with the greatest care, armed conflict cannot be sanitized. In almost every war America has ever fought, things on occasion go badly awry. In World War II, instances in which Allied forces massacred captured enemy soldiers were not unheard of. While such cases were a blemish on our military honor, broadcasting the facts to the world and thereby stiffening enemy morale would have been unthinkable in the midst of the great global conflagration.

Although our current struggle does not compare to World War II, there can be no doubt that the dissemination of military videos—far more potent in their impact than written dispatches—can have a profound affect upon our soldiers, inflaming opinion against them in the battlefield and placing their lives at risk. Such videos also undermine the larger counterinsurgency mission of winning hearts and minds. That is why the military keeps them classified. And that is why our laws allow for the punishment of those who violate their oaths and leak secret information, as Spc. Manning is alleged to have done.

Our country depends upon openness for its vitality. But it also often depends upon secrecy for its security. The two imperatives are always in tension. Wikileaks has brought the tension to the fore.

Gabriel Schoenfeld is a Senior Fellow on leave at Hudson Institute.

 Voir par ailleurs:

 Video Shows Reuters Camerman With Insurgents Being Killed [BUMPED/UPDATED: Vidcaps Show Weapons]

The Jawa report

April 05, 2010

UPDATE 4/06/2010

I’ve uploaded a moving image created by Ryno which clearly shows weapons being carried by the so-called "civilians" who were killed along with the news that we have photos of rifles and grenades at the scene.

UPDATE 4/06/2010

We’ve added important info to the new post linked above, including the fact that an RPG was found at the scene. Click here for more recent updates. ——————-

Contrary to all of the "context" given by Wiki Leak which try to lead the viewer into thinking the US Military "murdered" several Iraqis including two who worked for Reuters, the video clearly runs contrary to the narrative. I’ve embedded the Wiki Leak video below. Just ignore all the propaganda they write before and after the video and watch it. A crowd of men surround at least two armed insurgents. The voices indicate that a Bradley and some Humvees are headed in the direction and that a recent engagement has taken place. So, the helicopter pilot and ground controllers see armed men with a convoy approaching and taking fire and …. Wiki Leak has the nerve to call this murder? They’ve even embedded it on a site they call "Collateral Murder." These people are beyond stupid, they’re evil. Worst case scenario this is a few innocents being accidentally killed in the fog of war. But the video doesn’t even appear to be worst case scenario. It appears, in fact, that the video shows armed insurgents engaging or about to engage US troops. The Reuters camera men had embedded themselves with the insurgents. This makes them enemy combatants themselves and should have been shot. Reuters has a long history of its local stringers embedding themselves with terrorist forces. Perhaps they do this because they are sympathetic, perhaps they do this to get "the story", but it matters little to those engaging insurgents. When you embed yourselves with terrorists you know the risk. You are producing propaganda for them. You have become one of them. Anything less than this understanding is purposeful naivite about "objective journalism". In war there can be no objective journalism. You’re either with us or the enemy. If you want to stay neutral stay out of the war zone. As for those who went in to pick up the bodies? Perhaps they were innocents. I’ve no idea. But you drive your van into an active military engagement? What the hell were you thinking You are stupid. Innocent, but stupid. You’re asking to be killed. And if you brought children into the midsts of an ongoing military engagement that makes you more than stupid: it makes you criminally negligent. "It’s their fault for bringing their kids to a battle," says one of the Americans on the video. Indeed it is. People, this is war. This happens in war. It can’t be avoided. If you want to end civilian casualties then end war. Start by asking armed Islamists to put down their weapons. But you won’t do that because your real objection isn’t war, it’s America. Which is why anti-war activists around the globe never protest al-Qaeda, only America. They’re not anti-war, they’re anti-American. Again, watch it. It’s tragic, yes. War is trag

UPDATE: Ed has some more thoughts.

UPDATE II: I made some screenshots for the naysayers. Beginning at 3:36 you can clearly see two men holding weapons. This guy at 3:43 has an AK-47. You can see it more clearly as he swings it but here’s a screenshot that shows it This screenshot is at 3:35. This guy is definitely carrying a weapon. In motion it looks like it might be a rifle, but from the profile angle snapped below it looks like an RPG. A few seconds later at 3:50 he puts the weapon down. The weapon is long enough that it’s comes up well beyond his waist and it certainly has the width of an RPG. Or at least from this angle it looks that way. The person than goes behind a building, out of view. A few seconds later someone is down on the ground behind the same building. At 4:06 he starts to pick up whatever he has laid down on the ground. The one above is a bit fuzzy, but the next vidcap from 4:07 is a little clearer although the person in it has ducked behind the building. I’ll remind you that a convoy was approaching the group of individuals and this would appear to the helicopter pilots like he was scoping out the oncoming US soldiers. Remember, about 15 seconds ago the pilot saw a guy with what looks like an RPG. He ducks behind this building. Then a few seconds later he sees someone down on the ground with something that looks like it could be an RPG. Which is exactly the conclusion the pilot makes. Could that be the Reuters photojournalist with a long lens? Maybe. But from what the pilot is seeing the man seems like a threat. In war you eliminate threats. The pilot then notifies others that he sees an individual about to fire an RPG and asks fire control for authority to eliminate the threat. Which he does. Let me also sneak in a couple of other links grabbed from Hot Air (I still miss our trackbacks function). Cassey Fiano has this good point: I’ve long held the view that journalists shouldn’t even be embedded with our troops in a war zone. It endangers the journalists, and it endangers our troops Let alone embed with the enemy. Whatever happened to the good old fashioned military pool reporter? Alas, gone out with the era of the dinosaurs and when "supporting the troops" actually meant, you know, supporting the troops. Over at Political Byline: I humbly submit, that these so-called Journalists got just was coming to them Perhaps. This wouldn’t be the first time Reuters had sent off it’s "crack team" of locals to give the terrorists’ "point of view". The American Pundit: The video demonstrates the danger of traveling to a war zone. Which is why war correspondents tend to be respected and rare. Wikileaks, hosted in Sweden, decides instead to paint the situation as a clear and straight-forward murder case. Which is both sad and pathetic. Sad, pathetic, and evil. And Free Market Military notes on the seemingly callous words used by the soldiers on the video: Frankly, I’d never hold it against anyone in taking enjoyment out of their job. You might find that callous as well. Tough. If your living this 24/7 I doubt you would spend a year without laughing and having a good time. Amen brotha! Why is it wrong for our men and women to celebrate a perceived victory over their enemies? In their minds they just saved the lives of their fellow soldiers. Celebrations seem perfectly in order

UPDATE III: You’ll have to scroll down even further for the video since I found a couple of good posts from Blackfive. First from Lauging Wolf (thanks man) and then from Uber Pig: The point is, for me to respect Wikileaks, they’ll have to stop picking sides and doing agitprop. I have zero respect for the people running Wikileaks, their sanctimonious preaching, and anyone who donates money to their organization.

Voir de même:

The WikiLeaks Hoax, Part I

On closer inspection, the famous “whistleblower organization” appears in fact to be little more than a front organization. For whom or what is the question…

John Rosenthal

August 12, 2010

WikiLeaks has done it again. For the second time in less than four months, the shadowy outfit has succeeded in publishing a leak that has completely dominated the news cycle. Even news outlets and commentators that are critical of its posting of tens of thousands of U.S. military reports on the war in Afghanistan are prepared to confer upon WikiLeaks the honorific of a “whistleblower organization.” But is that what it is? In April, WikiLeaks published its first mega-scoop of 2010: the so-called “Collateral Murder” video showing a 2007 U.S. Apache helicopter attack in which two Iraqi Reuters employees were killed in Baghdad. At the time, I pointed to glaring differences between WikiLeaks’s handling of the video and the modus operandi that had characterized the “old” WikiLeaks. (See my “The Strange Career of WikiLeaks” at weeklystandard.com.) The original WikiLeaks website in fact went offline in December 2009, allegedly to make way for a funding drive. It was, as I put it, an “equal opportunity” publisher of classified materials of all sorts from a wide variety of sources. The site, as such, had no clear political orientation and it would indeed have been contrary to the nature of the project to have had any. Like its namesake Wikipedia, the “old” WikiLeaks was, in effect, merely a platform. It was not the team that maintained the platform that provided the site with its essential content, but rather the sources who uploaded material to it. The “new” WikiLeaks, by contrast, had all the trappings of a propaganda vehicle. Or, more precisely, just a propaganda stunt. When WikiLeaks published the “Collateral Murder” video, the site might indeed have been more appropriately called “WikiLeak” in the singular. For it contained barely any other leaks and none of any consequence. A site that proudly boasted about having published some 1.2 million leaked documents — namely, in its previous incarnation — had managed to post all of twelve in its new incarnation in 2010. Most of them were about Iceland. In the meanwhile, the “old” WikiLeaks archives have been restored to the new site, thus creating a greater semblance of continuity. But the remarkable penury of leaks has continued. Now, WikiLeaks has managed to chalk up exactly one more leak, and the publication of the files that the site has dubbed “The Afghan War Diary” confirms that the vocation of the “new” WikiLeaks is not unfiltered information, but rather targeted propaganda: highly targeted, since — Iceland aside — the real focus of the new site is obviously just the USA. In light of the evolution of the site in the last four months — or, more precisely, the striking lack thereof — there is reason to doubt that there even really is any WikiLeaks “organization” as such that stands behind it. It would appear rather that the WikiLeaks brand itself — complete with ubiquitous spokesperson Julian Assange and his distinctive shock of white hair — is part of the desired propaganda effect. After all, if the world’s most famous and courageous “whistleblower organization” only ever blows its whistle about American “abuses,” then what does that say about America? It is not so much the content of the leaked Afghan war reports that confirms the propagandistic vocation of the new WikiLeaks, but rather the circumstances of their publication. Given the sheer quantity of the reports and their often highly technical character, it will take months if not years for serious analysts to sift through the data sufficiently so as to come to any robust conclusions about the course of the Afghan war. This, notwithstanding the fact that WikiLeaks helpfully pre-spins the material for its readers, noting, for example, in its introduction to the reports that The material shows that cover-ups start on the ground. When reporting their own activities US Units are inclined to classify civilian kills as insurgent kills, downplay the number of people killed or otherwise make excuses for themselves. But what truly gives away the game is the fact that three selected news organizations were given a substantial head start in viewing the files. This permitted the three organizations to enjoy the prestige of breaking the story and to set the terms of the debate even before the raw material had been posted online by WikiLeaks. And what, above all, gives the game away is just which three news organizations have thus been granted the privilege of being WikiLeaks “media partners,” as the site refers to them. In the aftermath of the 9/11 attacks and over the course of the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, there has developed a well-nigh metaphysical, so to say, dismal view of America and of the logic of American military interventions and counterterror operations. No three international print media organizations have done more to propagate this dismal view than precisely Germany’s Der Spiegel, Britain’s The Guardian, and America’s own New York Times. It was, after all, none other than Der Spiegel that in January 2003, before the Iraq War had even started, published a spectacular cover story on the impending American invasion under the apodictic title “Blood for Oil.” The phrase was the Spiegel editors’ clever riff on the slogan of the German street protests opposing the first Iraq War twelve years earlier: “No Blood for Oil.” The editors did not even feel the need to add a question mark. The knowing subtitle read: “What [the intervention in] Iraq is really about.” The ostensible reasons, of course, simply could not be true. (For numerous further examples of Der Spiegel’s propagation of the dismal view, see the Der Spiegel archive of the regrettably now largely inactive German media watch blog Medienkritik.) Even independently of WikiLeaks, Der Spiegel and the Times have occasionally dabbled in content-sharing in recent years. But what the publications share, above all, is not content, but spin — typically, spin that is detrimental to America’s image and American security interests. (For just one among many examples, see my “The CIA Rendition Controversy: Is Khaled Al-Masri Lying?” in World Politics Review.) WikiLeaks may have itself decided to provide the chosen three media organizations the leaked files in advance, as the standard news accounts suggest. Or it could well be that the original source provided them to both WikiLeaks and the chosen three, thus giving some of the world’s most thoroughly establishment “old” media a unique chance to partake of the fight-the-power hipness of the new media “whistleblower organization.” But one thing, in any case, appears certain: WikiLeaks did not obtain the files via its famous online “secure submission” form. Once upon a time, the secure submission form was the centerpiece of the WikiLeaks project. It was here that anonymous sources were supposed to upload their sensitive material and to enjoy the assurance that in so doing their anonymity would be preserved. But as the blog Wikileak.org has documented, the site’s secure submission technology has been compromised for many months now. Wikileak.org is a techie blog devoted to critical examination of the WikiLeaks project. It is not affiliated with the project. On June 12, WikiLeaks demonstrated beyond a shadow of a doubt just how uninterested it was in preserving the security of the site. On that day — as was predicted would happen by Wikileak.org — WikiLeaks failed to renew its SSL certificate: a basic form of web security certification that can be purchased for as little as $30 per year. Already at the time of the April release of its “Collateral Murder” video, WikiLeaks claimed to have raised some $370,000 in its funding drive. Attempting to access a site with an invalid SSL certificate will typically generate a warning that secure connection to the site is not possible. Attempt, for instance, to connect to the original WikiLeaks “secure submissions” page here in either IE or Firefox and you will currently receive such a warning. It was only after Wired.com called attention to the lapsing of the WikiLeaks SSL certificate that WikiLeaks finally restored its ostensibly secure submissions form, though at a different address than previously. The Swedish newspaper Sydsvenskan [English link] has, moreover, pointed to a further discrepancy between the carefully cultivated public image of WikiLeaks and the reality of the site. If the “secure submission” system was supposed to provide technical assurances of anonymity to potential leakers, it was the location of the WikiLeaks servers in Sweden that was supposed to provide them legal assurance: thanks, namely, to the robust source protection provisions in the Swedish Press Freedom Act. The current WikiLeaks submission page still promises that submissions are “protected under Swedish and Belgium [sic] press secrecy laws. But the law in question only applies to media that have been issued a “publishing license” by Swedish authorities. Sydsvenskan reports that WikiLeaks has no such license. Asked by Sydsvenskan what he thought of WikiLeaks’s promise of protection for sources under Swedish law, Anders R. Olsson, a Swedish journalist specializing in free speech issues, replied, “I think it is a bit strange that Wikileaks doesn’t seem to know the rules.” Thus, we have a “whistleblower organization” that is not in a position to provide the legal protections to sources that it promises with great fanfare and that makes no effort to maintain the secure submission environment that was supposed to be its very raison d’être. It is small wonder, then, that apart from the two blockbusters WikiLeaks has hardly published any leaks at all since its supposed re-launch. The whole edifice of the “new” WikiLeaks appears in fact to be nothing but a facade. Who or what lies behind the WikiLeaks facade? For some clues, make sure to catch part II of “The WikiLeaks Hoax,” forthcoming on Pajamas Media. John Rosenthal writes regularly on European politics for such publications as The Weekly Standard, Policy Review and The Daily Caller. More of his work can be found at www.trans-int.com.

Voir enfin:

The WikiLeaks Hoax, Part II

John Rosenthal

Pajamas media

August 16, 201

In part I [1] of “The WikiLeaks Hoax,” I adduced a number of reasons for concluding that the much vaunted “whistleblower organization” WikiLeaks is, in fact, just a facade. This was not always the case. The original WikiLeaks website was, as I have put it, an “equal opportunity” platform for leaks of all sorts. It did not share the current site’s single-minded focus on alleged American misdeeds. The original site went offline in December 2009. Despite the new site’s common logo and “branding,” in substance, the old site has never returned. Just who or what stands behind the WikiLeaks facade is not clear. But what is clear is that WikiLeaks has a special relationship with Germany, a country that spearheaded the opposition to the Iraq war [2] and that — despite the avowed Atlanticism of its current chancellor — has continued to take a generally dismal view of America’s war on terror. Indeed, Germany has done much not only to malign, but even to obstruct the war on terror. (For related links, see here. [3]) In a recent documentary [4] on The Hunt for Bin Laden, Germany’s ZDF public television went so far as to insinuate that American authorities purposely allowed Osama bin Laden to escape from his mountain hideout of Tora Bora in December 2001. The special relationship of WikiLeaks with Germany is manifest in the inclusion of the German weekly Der Spiegel among the new site’s chosen three “media partners.” It is also manifest in the site’s maintenance of a special account for donations at the Berlin-based Wau-Holland Foundation. (The WikiLeaks donations pages note that [5] “this may be the best choice for German residents” and, furthermore [6], that donations to the Wau Holland account are even tax-deductible for the latter!) And it is manifest, finally, in the sketchy details that are available about the “structure” of the supposed WikiLeaks “organization.” For if the reportedly Australian-born Julian Assange is the WikiLeaks spokesperson for the rest of the world, WikiLeaks also has a special dedicated spokesperson for Germany — or “that region,” as Assange put it [7] in a testy comment on a September 2009 Wired exposé about the site. The German spokesperson is named Daniel Schmitt. But “Schmitt” has admitted — to Wired [7], as well as several German publications — that his last name is a pseudonym. In an interview [8] with the German daily Die Welt, Schmitt was asked who has decision-making power in WikiLeaks and how many people were at his “level in the organization.” Schmitt’s head-spinning response was as follows: Five people, I’m one of them. Though I am left out of all technical decisions. You can’t get hold of me to find out something. I don’t know anything. We are doers. None of [us] has a lot of time to discuss and to over-democratize everything. The only way to build up a reputation and trust within the organization is to collaborate: to show that one is competent. Around the inner circle, there are about 1000 experts with whom we work and whom, of course, we test in advance. Schmitt’s logorrhoea hardly inspires confidence in the reliability of his account of the “organization.” In any case, one may be permitted to wonder what exactly “1000 experts” contribute to a site that, despite its association with two publicity-generating coups, has essentially been inactive. One thousand “experts”… and WikiLeaks could not manage to renew a SSL certificate. As discussed in my “The Strange Career of WikiLeaks [9],” the “old” WikiLeaks had a somewhat conflictual relationship with Germany and, in particular, with the German foreign intelligence agency, the BND. Perhaps ironically, arguably the biggest genuine scoop produced by the old site involved blowing the agency’s online cover. In November 2008, the site published a list of IP address ranges that had been assigned to the BND under a disguised domain name by the German telecommunications firm Deutsche Telekom. At the time, the WikiLeaks submissions form was still functional, and it is presumably via the form that the document was uploaded to the WikiLeaks servers. The story became even bigger when it was discovered that the outed BND-linked IP addresses had been used to edit Wikipedia entries. In the most astonishing of the known edits, a presumptive BND employee added advice on how to build a “dirty bomb” to a German-language Wikipedia entry on “Nuclear Weapons Technology.” The same IP address was used to edit the German-language Wikipedia entry on the BND itself, editing out a reference to the “open secret” that the agency uses branches of the Goethe Institute in foreign countries as its “unofficial headquarters. Oddly enough, the WikiLeaks editors somewhat downplayed the significance of their scoop. The WikiLeaks “summary” [10] on the matter suggests that the BND contributor to the “Nuclear Weapons” entry “apparently had second thoughts” and quickly deleted the advice on “dirty bombs.” Simple consultation of the relevant Wikipedia user logs [11] shows, however, that this is false: the contributor had added the same passage twice and merely eliminated the redundancy. Otherwise, the WikiLeaks “summary” page tells us that the BND personnel made “a lot of standard edits.” This may well be true. But contrast this treatment to the treatment that WikiLeaks reserved for a story one year earlier on internet activity, including Wikipedia edits, traceable to U.S. military computers at the Guantánamo Bay detention center. Note that the story involved no leak whatsoever. The activity in question was traceable because — unlike the BND’s online activity — it had never in fact been hidden. The domain name associated with the IP address of the computers was jtfgtmo.southcom.mil: namely, for the “Joint Task Force Guantánamo” of the U.S. military’s Southern Command. Nonetheless, the headline on the WikiLeaks article crows, “Wikileaks busts Gitmo propaganda team [12].” The author of the piece happens to have been none other than Julian Assange, the future “WikiLeaks founder” who at the time was identified merely as a WikiLeaks “investigative editor.” In accusing the U.S. military of propaganda, it is clear that Assange had already discovered his own propagandistic calling. Thus, in a classic example of the incestuous self-referential nature of disinformation, the piece cites a blog post [13] from NY Daily News correspondent James Gordon Meek as confirmation that the “job” of one JTF member was “posting positive comments on the Internet about Gitmo.” Assange even puts the phrase in bold, as if it had some special importance. But in fact the phrase is nothing more than Meek’s notably chummy clin d’œil toward the allegations in the original WikiLeaks article. The full list of the Wikipedia edits made from the “busted” Gitmo IP address is available here [14]. Note that the U.S. Southern Command was so rattled by being “busted” by Assange that it has continued to use the IP address. This behavior also contrasts with that of the BND, which — with the help of Deutsche Telekom — rapidly ditched its outed IP addresses after they were published on WikiLeaks Readers may judge for themselves whether the edits bear the hallmarks of a propaganda operation. Unsurprisingly, many have to do with military topics; some directly concern Guantánamo; and others are on totally unrelated subjects like South Park and Pokémon. A Wikipedia entry such as that on Michael Winterbottom’s anti-Gitmo film The Road to Guantanamo would seem to be ripe for editing by a Gitmo-based “propaganda team.” And, lo and behold, we discover that on October 29, 2007 — only weeks before being “busted” by Julian Assange — the Gitmo IP address was indeed used to edit the entry [15] — namely, in order to change the word “organisations” to the American-English spelling “organizations.” Perhaps the last major leak to turn up on the old WikiLeaks site was a classified German report on a German-ordered airstrike in Kunduz, Afghanistan, in which numerous civilians were killed. About two weeks later, the site went down. The new site has yet to rediscover the old site’s taste for classified German material. The pleas of financial duress notwithstanding, the fact is we do not know why the site went down. Nor do we know why it returned in such a radically altered form, with the very heart of the old WikiLeaks project, the “secure submissions” form, essentially cut out of it. In fact, we know virtually nothing about the WikiLeaks organization or even if there really is such an organization. What the world needs now are some useful leaks about WikiLeaks. Disaffected participants in the old project undoubtedly would have some tales to tell. As the current site’s motto puts it, “Courage is courageous.”

URL to article: http://pajamasmedia.com/blog/the-wikileaks-hoax-part-ii/ URLs in this post:

[1] part I: http://pajamasmedia.com/blog/the-wikileaks-hoax-part-i/

[2] spearheaded the opposition to the Iraq war: http://www.worldpoliticsreview.com/articles/793/jacques-chirac-didnt-lead-iraq-war-opposition-he-followed

[3] here.: http://www.trans-int.com/wordpress/?tag=germany-the-war-on-terror

[4] a recent documentary: http://dokumentation.zdf.de/ZDFde/inhalt/16/0,1872,8023856,00.html

[5] note that: http://www.wikileaks.org/wiki/Special:Support

[6] furthermore: http://www.wikileaks.org/wiki/Special:Support#go_wh

[7] as Assange put it: http://www.wired.co.uk/wired-magazine/archive/2009/10/start/exposed-wikileaks%27-secrets?page=all

[8] an interview: http://www.welt.de/wirtschaft/webwelt/article7214769/Wikileaks-will-sein-eigenes-Geheimnis-lueften.html

[9] The Strange Career of WikiLeaks: http://www.weeklystandard.com/blogs/strange-career-wikileaks

[10] The WikiLeaks “summary”: http://mirror.wikileaks.info/wiki/German_Secret_Intelligence_Service_%28BND%29_T-Systems_network_assignments%2C_13_Nov_2008/

[11] the relevant Wikipedia user logs: http://de.wikipedia.org/wiki/Spezial:Beitr%C3%A4ge/195.243.248.226

[12] Wikileaks busts Gitmo propaganda team: http://www.wikileaks.org/wiki/Wikileaks_busts_Gitmo_propaganda_team

13] a blog post: http://www.nydailynews.com/blogs/dc/2007/12/military-denies-gitmo-hacked-w.html

[14] here: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:Contributions/130.22.190.5

[15] used to edit the entry: http://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=The_Road_to_Guantanamo&diff=prev&oldid=16784272


Suivre

Recevez les nouvelles publications par mail.

Joignez-vous à 59 followers